1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (20352 65510))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5
"5x5" "\
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
31 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
32 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
33 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
35 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil
)
37 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly
"5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
42 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current
"5x5" "\
43 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
47 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best
"5x5" "\
48 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
52 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate
"5x5" "\
53 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
58 (autoload '5x5-crack
"5x5" "\
59 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
61 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
62 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
63 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
64 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
70 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
72 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
74 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions
"ada-mode" "\
75 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
76 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
78 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
81 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil
)
83 (autoload 'ada-mode
"ada-mode" "\
84 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
90 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
94 (autoload 'ada-header
"ada-stmt" "\
95 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
101 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
102 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
105 (autoload 'ada-find-file
"ada-xref" "\
106 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
107 Completion is available.
109 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
113 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
114 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
115 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
116 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
117 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
118 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
120 (put 'change-log-default-name
'safe-local-variable
'string-or-null-p
)
122 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil
"\
123 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
124 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
125 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
127 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function
"add-log" t
)
129 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
130 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
133 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name
"add-log" t
)
135 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
136 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
137 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
138 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
139 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
140 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
142 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address
"add-log" t
)
144 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name
"add-log" "\
145 Prompt for a change log name.
149 (autoload 'find-change-log
"add-log" "\
150 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
152 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
153 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
154 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
155 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
157 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
158 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
159 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
161 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
162 current buffer to the complete file name.
163 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
165 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil
)
167 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry
"add-log" "\
168 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
169 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
170 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
172 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
173 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
175 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
177 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
178 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
179 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
181 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
182 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
183 after a comma on an existing line.
185 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
186 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
189 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
190 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
193 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
194 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
196 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil
)
198 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
"add-log" "\
199 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
200 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
201 the change log file in another window.
203 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil
)
205 (autoload 'change-log-mode
"add-log" "\
206 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
207 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
208 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
209 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
210 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
212 \\{change-log-mode-map}
216 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
'(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
) "\
217 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
219 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
'(c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
) "\
220 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
222 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
'(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode
) "\
223 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
225 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun
"add-log" "\
226 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
228 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
229 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
231 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
232 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
233 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
234 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
235 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
237 Has a preference of looking backwards.
241 (autoload 'change-log-merge
"add-log" "\
242 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
243 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
244 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
247 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
248 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
250 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil
)
254 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
255 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
256 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (20352 65510))
257 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
259 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
'warn
"\
260 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
261 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
262 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
263 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
264 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
265 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
266 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
267 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
268 interpreted as `error'.")
270 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action
"advice" t
)
272 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
'maybe
"\
273 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
274 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
275 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
276 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
277 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
278 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
279 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
281 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action
"advice" t
)
283 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice
"advice" "\
284 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
286 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
288 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice
"advice" "\
289 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
291 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
293 (autoload 'ad-add-advice
"advice" "\
294 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
296 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
297 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
298 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
299 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
300 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
302 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
303 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
306 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
307 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
308 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
309 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
310 mapped to the closest extremal position).
312 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
313 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
314 the cache-id will clear the cache.
316 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
318 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil
)
320 (autoload 'ad-activate
"advice" "\
321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
337 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil
)
339 (autoload 'defadvice
"advice" "\
340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
343 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
344 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
351 see also `ad-add-advice'.
352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
353 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
354 before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
356 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
359 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
362 Semantics of the various flags:
363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
364 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
371 advised function should be compiled.
373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
374 during activation until somebody enables it.
376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
377 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
381 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
382 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
383 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
384 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
385 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
388 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
389 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
390 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
393 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
395 (put 'defadvice
'doc-string-elt
'3)
399 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
400 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
401 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (20352 65510))
402 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
404 (autoload 'align
"align" "\
405 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
406 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
407 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
408 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
409 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
410 rule's `separate' attribute).
412 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
413 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
414 `separate' attribute set.
416 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
417 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
418 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
419 on the format of these lists.
421 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
423 (autoload 'align-regexp
"align" "\
424 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
425 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
426 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
427 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
428 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
429 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
430 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
431 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
432 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
435 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
436 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
440 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
443 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
444 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
445 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
447 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil
)
449 (autoload 'align-entire
"align" "\
450 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
451 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
452 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
453 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
456 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
458 (autoload 'align-current
"align" "\
459 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
460 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
461 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
462 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
463 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
464 been used to align that section.
466 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
468 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule
"align" "\
469 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
470 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
471 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
472 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
473 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
476 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
478 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule
"align" "\
479 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
483 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent
"align" "\
484 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
490 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode allout-mode-p allout-auto-activation
491 ;;;;;; allout-setup allout-auto-activation-helper) "allout" "allout.el"
492 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
493 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
495 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper
"allout" "\
496 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
498 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
500 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil
)
502 (autoload 'allout-setup
"allout" "\
503 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
505 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
506 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
508 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
509 `allout-auto-activation'.
513 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil
"\
514 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
516 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
517 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
518 file variable `allout-layout'.
520 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
521 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
522 specified layout is applied.
524 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
525 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
527 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
530 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
532 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation
"allout" nil
)
534 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
536 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (x) (memq x
'(nil t text force
))))
538 (put 'allout-show-bodies
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
540 (put 'allout-header-prefix
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
542 (put 'allout-primary-bullet
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
544 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
546 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
548 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (x) (or (memq x
'(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start
)) (stringp x
))))
550 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
552 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
554 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
556 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
558 (put 'allout-presentation-padding
'safe-local-variable
'integerp
)
560 (put 'allout-layout
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (x) (or (numberp x
) (listp x
) (memq x
'(: * + -
)))))
562 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
564 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
566 (autoload 'allout-mode-p
"allout" "\
567 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
569 \(fn)" nil
(quote macro
))
571 (autoload 'allout-mode
"allout" "\
572 Toggle Allout outline mode.
573 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
574 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
575 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
577 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
578 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
579 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
580 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
581 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
582 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
583 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
586 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
588 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
589 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
590 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
591 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
592 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
593 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
594 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
595 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
597 and many other features.
599 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
600 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
601 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
602 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
603 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
605 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
606 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
607 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
608 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
609 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
610 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
611 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
612 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
613 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
614 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
618 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
619 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
620 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
621 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
622 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
626 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
627 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
628 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
629 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
630 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
631 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
632 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
633 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
634 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
635 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
638 Topic Header Production:
639 -----------------------
640 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
641 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
642 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
644 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
645 ---------------------------------
646 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
647 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
648 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
650 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
651 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
652 are alternated according to nesting depth.
653 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
654 the offspring are not affected.
655 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
657 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
658 ----------------------------------
659 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
660 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
661 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
662 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
663 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
664 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
665 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
666 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
668 Topic-oriented Encryption:
669 -------------------------
670 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
671 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
675 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
676 and establish a default file-var setting
678 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
679 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
680 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
681 buffer with name derived from derived from that
682 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
683 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
684 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
685 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
687 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
688 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
693 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
694 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
695 pending encryption on save.
697 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
698 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
699 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
700 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
701 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
703 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
704 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
705 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
706 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
707 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
708 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
711 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
712 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
717 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
718 navigation and exposure control.
720 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
721 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
722 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
723 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
724 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
726 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
727 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
728 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
729 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
730 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
732 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
733 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
734 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
735 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
736 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
737 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
738 at the beginning of the current entry.
742 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
743 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
744 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
747 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
748 `allout-mode-off-hook'
749 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
750 `allout-structure-added-hook'
751 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
752 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
753 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
754 `allout-post-undo-hook'
758 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
760 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
761 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
762 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
764 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
765 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
766 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
768 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
771 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
772 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
775 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
777 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
779 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
781 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
783 Topic text constituents:
785 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
787 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
788 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
790 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
791 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
792 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
793 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
794 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
795 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
796 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
799 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
802 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
803 It can be customized by changing the setting of
804 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
806 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
807 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
808 program code without interfering with processing of the text
809 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
810 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
811 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
812 docstring for more detail.
814 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
815 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
816 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
817 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
818 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
819 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
820 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
821 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
822 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
823 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
824 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
827 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
828 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
830 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
831 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
833 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
834 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
835 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
839 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky
'outlineify-sticky
)
841 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky
"allout" "\
842 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
844 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
845 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
851 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-widgets-mode allout-widgets-auto-activation
852 ;;;;;; allout-widgets-setup allout-widgets) "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el"
853 ;;;;;; (20432 47835))
854 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
856 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets
'custom-loads
))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads
) nil
(put 'allout-widgets
'custom-loads
(cons '"allout-widgets" loads
))))
858 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup
"allout-widgets" "\
859 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
861 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
863 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil
)
865 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil
"\
866 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
868 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
871 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
872 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
874 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
875 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
876 you want allout widgets operation.
878 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
880 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation
"allout-widgets" nil
)
882 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
884 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode
"allout-widgets" "\
885 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
886 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
887 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
888 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
890 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
891 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
892 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
894 The graphics include:
896 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
898 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
899 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
901 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
902 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
904 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
905 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
906 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
912 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
913 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (20400 62402))
914 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
916 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir
'ange-ftp-reread-dir
)
918 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir
"ange-ftp" "\
919 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
920 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
921 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
922 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
923 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
925 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil
)
927 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function
"ange-ftp" "\
930 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
934 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
935 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (20400 62402))
936 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
938 (autoload 'animate-string
"animate" "\
939 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
940 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
941 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
942 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
943 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
944 in the current window.
946 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil
)
948 (autoload 'animate-sequence
"animate" "\
949 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
950 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
951 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
952 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
953 buffer if one does not exist.
955 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil
)
957 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present
"animate" "\
958 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
959 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
960 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
961 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
963 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil
)
967 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
968 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (20391 15703))
969 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
971 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
"ansi-color" "\
972 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
976 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output
"ansi-color" "\
977 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
979 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
980 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
981 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
982 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
984 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
985 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
987 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
989 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil
)
993 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
994 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (20400 62402))
995 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
997 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules
"antlr-mode" "\
998 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
999 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
1000 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
1001 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
1004 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1005 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
1006 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1009 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1010 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1011 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1012 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1016 (autoload 'antlr-mode
"antlr-mode" "\
1017 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1021 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs
"antlr-mode" "\
1022 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1023 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1029 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
1030 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
1031 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1033 (autoload 'appt-add
"appt" "\
1034 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1035 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1036 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1037 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1038 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1040 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil
)
1042 (autoload 'appt-activate
"appt" "\
1043 Toggle checking of appointments.
1044 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1045 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1051 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
1052 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
1053 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (20400 62402))
1054 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1056 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern
"apropos" "\
1057 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1058 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1059 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1061 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1062 kind of objects to search.
1064 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil
)
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable
"apropos" "\
1067 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1068 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1069 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1070 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1071 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1073 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1076 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1078 (defalias 'command-apropos
'apropos-command
)
1080 (autoload 'apropos-command
"apropos" "\
1081 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1082 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1083 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1084 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1085 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1087 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1088 noninteractive functions.
1090 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1091 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1093 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1094 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1096 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil
)
1098 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property
"apropos" "\
1099 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1101 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil
)
1103 (autoload 'apropos
"apropos" "\
1104 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1105 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1106 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1108 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1109 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1110 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1111 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1113 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1114 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1116 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1118 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1120 (autoload 'apropos-library
"apropos" "\
1121 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1122 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1123 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1124 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1128 (autoload 'apropos-value
"apropos" "\
1129 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1130 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1131 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1132 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1133 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1135 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1136 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1137 names and values of properties.
1139 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1141 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1143 (autoload 'apropos-documentation
"apropos" "\
1144 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1145 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1146 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1147 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1148 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1150 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1151 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1152 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1153 documentation strings.
1155 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1157 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1161 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (20400
1163 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1165 (autoload 'archive-mode
"arc-mode" "\
1166 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1167 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1168 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1169 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1170 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1172 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1173 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1176 \\{archive-mode-map}
1178 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil
)
1182 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (20352 65510))
1183 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1185 (autoload 'array-mode
"array" "\
1186 Major mode for editing arrays.
1188 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1189 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1190 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1192 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1194 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1195 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1196 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1198 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1199 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1200 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1201 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1204 Variables you assign:
1205 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1206 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1207 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1208 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1209 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1210 row numbers in the buffer.
1212 Variables which are calculated:
1213 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1214 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1216 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1217 take a numeric prefix argument):
1219 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1220 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1221 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1222 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1224 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1229 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1230 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1231 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1232 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1234 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1235 between that of point and mark.
1237 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1238 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1240 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1241 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1242 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1243 newlines inside rows)
1245 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1247 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1253 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (20400
1255 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1257 (autoload 'artist-mode
"artist" "\
1259 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1260 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1261 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1263 How to quit Artist mode
1265 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1268 How to submit a bug report
1270 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1273 Drawing with the mouse:
1276 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1277 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1281 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1284 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1285 --------------------------------------------------------------
1286 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1300 --------------------------------------------------------------
1301 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1302 --------------------------------------------------------------
1303 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 --------------------------------------------------------------
1312 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1313 --------------------------------------------------------------
1315 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1318 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1319 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1320 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1321 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1324 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1325 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1326 overwrite means the opposite.
1328 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1329 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1330 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1332 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1334 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1335 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1337 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1338 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1339 are currently drawing something.
1341 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1345 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1346 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1351 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1353 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1355 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1357 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1359 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1360 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1362 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1367 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1368 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1369 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1370 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1371 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1372 When pasting: Pastes
1374 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1376 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1378 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1379 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1380 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1381 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1382 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1383 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1388 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1389 of the line/poly-line
1391 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1392 of the line/poly-line
1397 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1399 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1402 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1403 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1404 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1405 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1406 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1407 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1408 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1409 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1410 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1411 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1412 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1414 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1415 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1416 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1417 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1418 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1423 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1424 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1426 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1427 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1428 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1429 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1430 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1431 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1432 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1433 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1434 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1435 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1436 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1437 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1438 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1439 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1440 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1441 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1442 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1443 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1444 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1448 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1449 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1456 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil
)
1460 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (20400
1462 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1464 (autoload 'asm-mode
"asm-mode" "\
1465 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1466 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1468 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1469 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1470 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1471 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1473 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1474 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1476 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1477 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1479 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1488 ;;;### (autoloads (auth-source-cache-expiry) "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el"
1489 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
1490 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1492 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry
7200 "\
1493 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1494 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1497 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry
"auth-source" t
)
1501 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1502 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
1503 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1505 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
1506 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1507 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1509 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1511 (autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" "\
1512 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1513 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1514 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1515 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1517 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1518 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1519 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1520 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1521 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1522 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1523 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1524 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1527 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1528 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1529 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1530 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1531 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1533 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1537 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
1538 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1539 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1541 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1542 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1544 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1546 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" "\
1547 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1549 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1550 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1552 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1553 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1554 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1556 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1562 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1563 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
1564 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1566 (autoload 'autoconf-mode
"autoconf" "\
1567 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1573 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1574 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (20400 62402))
1575 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1577 (autoload 'auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1578 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1579 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1583 (autoload 'define-auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1584 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1585 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1586 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1588 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil
)
1590 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
1591 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1592 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1593 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1594 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1595 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1597 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" nil
)
1599 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" "\
1600 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1601 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1602 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1603 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1605 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1606 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1612 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1613 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1614 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
1615 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1617 (put 'generated-autoload-file
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
1619 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
1621 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1622 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1623 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1625 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1626 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1627 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1628 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1629 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1631 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1633 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil
)
1635 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1636 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1637 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1638 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1639 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1641 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1642 directory or directories specified.
1644 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1645 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1646 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1647 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1648 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1649 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1651 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil
)
1653 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1654 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1655 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1656 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1663 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1664 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1665 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (20400 62402))
1666 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1668 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1669 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1670 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1671 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1672 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1674 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1675 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1678 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1679 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1680 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1684 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1685 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1687 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1688 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1692 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1693 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1694 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1695 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1696 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1698 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1699 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1700 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1701 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1702 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1704 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1705 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1706 writing before you save the file!
1708 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1712 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1713 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1715 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1716 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1720 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1721 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1722 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1723 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1724 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1725 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1727 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" nil
)
1729 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1730 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1731 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1732 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1733 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1735 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1736 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1737 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1739 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1740 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1741 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1742 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1743 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1745 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1746 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1747 specifies in the mode line.
1749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1753 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1754 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (20400 62402))
1755 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1757 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1758 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1759 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1760 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1761 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1763 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" nil
)
1765 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" "\
1766 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1767 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1768 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1770 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1771 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1772 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1774 Effects of the different modes:
1775 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1776 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1777 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1778 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1779 a random distance & direction.
1780 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1781 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1782 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1784 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1786 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1787 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1788 definition of \"random distance\".)
1790 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
1794 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1795 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
1796 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1797 (put 'battery-mode-line-string
'risky-local-variable t
)
1799 (autoload 'battery
"battery" "\
1800 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1801 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1802 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1806 (defvar display-battery-mode nil
"\
1807 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1808 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1809 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1810 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1811 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1813 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" nil
)
1815 (autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" "\
1816 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1817 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1818 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1819 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1821 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1822 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1823 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1830 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1831 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (20352 65510))
1832 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1834 (autoload 'benchmark-run
"benchmark" "\
1835 Time execution of FORMS.
1836 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1837 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1839 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1840 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1841 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1843 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1845 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled
"benchmark" "\
1846 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1847 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1848 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1849 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1851 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1853 (autoload 'benchmark
"benchmark" "\
1854 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1855 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1856 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1857 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1859 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil
)
1863 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1864 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (20400 62402))
1865 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1867 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize
"bibtex" "\
1868 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1869 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1870 of corresponding buffers.
1871 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1872 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1873 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1874 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1875 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1876 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1878 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil
)
1880 (autoload 'bibtex-mode
"bibtex" "\
1881 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1883 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1885 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1886 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1887 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1888 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1890 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1891 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1892 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1893 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1894 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1896 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1897 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1900 Special information:
1902 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1904 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1905 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1906 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1907 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1908 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1909 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1910 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1911 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1912 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1913 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1914 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1916 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1917 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1918 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1919 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1920 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1921 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1922 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1923 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1925 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1927 ----------------------------------------------------------
1928 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1929 if that value is non-nil.
1935 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry
"bibtex" "\
1936 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1937 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1938 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1939 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1940 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1941 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1942 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1943 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1944 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1945 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1946 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1948 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil
)
1952 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1953 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
1954 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1956 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode
"bibtex-style" "\
1957 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1963 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1964 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1965 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
1966 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1968 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$" "\
1969 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1971 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal
"binhex" "\
1972 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1973 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1975 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil
)
1977 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external
"binhex" "\
1978 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1980 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1982 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region
"binhex" "\
1983 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1985 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1989 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (20352
1991 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1993 (autoload 'blackbox
"blackbox" "\
1995 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1999 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2000 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2001 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2002 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2003 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2008 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2009 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2012 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2015 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2016 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2018 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2019 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2021 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2022 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2023 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2024 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2025 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2026 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2030 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2032 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2033 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2034 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2035 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2037 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2038 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2039 denoted by the letter `R'.
2041 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2042 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2043 denoted by the letter `H'.
2045 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2048 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2049 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2050 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2051 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2052 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2053 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2056 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2057 degree deflection it causes.
2060 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2061 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2062 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2063 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2064 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2065 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2066 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2067 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2070 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2071 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2074 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2075 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2076 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2077 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2078 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2080 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2083 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2084 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2085 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2086 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2087 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2088 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2089 emerging from the box.
2091 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2093 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2098 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2099 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2100 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2102 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2109 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
2110 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
2111 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
2112 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
2113 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (20400 62402))
2114 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2115 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"b" 'bookmark-jump
)
2116 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"m" 'bookmark-set
)
2117 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2119 (defvar bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map
"x" 'bookmark-set
) (define-key map
"m" 'bookmark-set
) (define-key map
"j" 'bookmark-jump
) (define-key map
"g" 'bookmark-jump
) (define-key map
"o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window
) (define-key map
"i" 'bookmark-insert
) (define-key map
"e" 'edit-bookmarks
) (define-key map
"f" 'bookmark-insert-location
) (define-key map
"r" 'bookmark-rename
) (define-key map
"d" 'bookmark-delete
) (define-key map
"l" 'bookmark-load
) (define-key map
"w" 'bookmark-write
) (define-key map
"s" 'bookmark-save
) map
) "\
2120 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2121 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2122 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2123 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2124 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2125 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map
)
2127 (autoload 'bookmark-set
"bookmark" "\
2128 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2129 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2131 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2132 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2133 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2134 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2135 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2138 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2139 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2140 yank successive words.
2142 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2143 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2144 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2145 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2146 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2148 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2149 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2150 the list of bookmarks.)
2152 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil
)
2154 (autoload 'bookmark-jump
"bookmark" "\
2155 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2156 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2157 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2158 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2161 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2162 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2163 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2164 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2166 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2167 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2169 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2170 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2171 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2173 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil
)
2175 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window
"bookmark" "\
2176 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2178 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2180 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate
"bookmark" "\
2181 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2183 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2184 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2185 after a bookmark was set in it.
2187 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil
)
2189 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location
"bookmark" "\
2190 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2192 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2193 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2195 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil
)
2197 (defalias 'bookmark-locate
'bookmark-insert-location
)
2199 (autoload 'bookmark-rename
"bookmark" "\
2200 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2201 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2202 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2204 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2205 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2206 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2208 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2209 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2212 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil
)
2214 (autoload 'bookmark-insert
"bookmark" "\
2215 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2216 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2218 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2219 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2220 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2223 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil
)
2225 (autoload 'bookmark-delete
"bookmark" "\
2226 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2228 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2229 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2230 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2231 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2232 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2233 probably because we were called from there.
2235 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil
)
2237 (autoload 'bookmark-write
"bookmark" "\
2238 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2239 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2243 (autoload 'bookmark-save
"bookmark" "\
2244 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2245 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2246 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2249 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2250 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2251 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2252 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2253 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2255 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2256 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2257 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2258 `bookmark-default-file'.
2260 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil
)
2262 (autoload 'bookmark-load
"bookmark" "\
2263 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2264 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2265 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2266 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2269 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2270 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2271 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2272 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2273 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2276 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2277 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2278 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2279 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2281 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil
)
2283 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list
"bookmark" "\
2284 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2285 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2286 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2287 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2291 (defalias 'list-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2293 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2295 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search
"bookmark" "\
2296 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2300 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map
[load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load a Bookmark File...") bookmark-load :help ,(purecopy "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)"))) (define-key map [write] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks As...") bookmark-write :help ,(purecopy "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)"))) (define-key map [save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks") bookmark-save :help ,(purecopy "Save currently defined bookmarks"))) (define-key map [edit] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Edit Bookmark List") bookmark-bmenu-list :help ,(purecopy "Display a list of existing bookmarks"))) (define-key map [delete] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Delete Bookmark...") bookmark-delete :help ,(purecopy "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list"))) (define-key map [rename] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Rename Bookmark...") bookmark-rename :help ,(purecopy "Change the name of a bookmark"))) (define-key map [locate] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Location...") bookmark-locate :help ,(purecopy "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark"))) (define-key map [insert] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Contents...") bookmark-insert :help ,(purecopy "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark"))) (define-key map [set] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Set Bookmark...") bookmark-set :help ,(purecopy "Set a bookmark named inside a file."))) (define-key map [jump] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Jump to Bookmark...") bookmark-jump :help ,(purecopy "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)"))) map))
2302 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2306 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2307 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2308 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2309 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-chromium
2310 ;;;;;; browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2311 ;;;;;; browse-url-xdg-open browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2312 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2313 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
2314 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (20400 62402))
2315 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2317 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2318 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2319 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2320 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2322 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2323 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2324 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2325 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2326 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2328 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2330 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2331 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2332 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2333 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2334 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2335 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2337 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2339 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2340 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2341 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2342 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2345 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2347 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2348 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2352 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2353 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2355 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2357 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2358 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2359 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2360 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2361 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2362 first, if that exists.
2364 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2366 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2367 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2368 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2369 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2373 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2375 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2376 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2377 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2382 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2383 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2384 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2385 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2387 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2389 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2390 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2391 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2392 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2394 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2395 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2396 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2397 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2399 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2400 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2401 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2403 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2404 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2406 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2408 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2409 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2410 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2411 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2413 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2414 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2415 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2416 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2418 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2419 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2420 new tab in an existing window instead.
2422 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2423 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2425 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2427 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2428 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2429 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2430 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2433 When called interactively, if variable
2434 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2435 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2436 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2437 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2439 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2440 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2441 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2443 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2444 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2446 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2447 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2448 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2449 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2450 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2451 URL in a new window.
2453 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2455 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2456 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2457 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2458 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2461 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2463 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2464 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2465 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2466 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2468 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2469 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2470 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2471 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2473 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2474 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2475 new tab in an existing window instead.
2477 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2478 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2480 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2482 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2483 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2485 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2487 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2488 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2489 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2490 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2492 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2493 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2494 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2495 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2497 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2498 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2500 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2502 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2503 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2505 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2506 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2507 program is invoked according to the variable
2508 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2510 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2511 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2512 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2513 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2515 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2516 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2518 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2520 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2521 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2522 Default to the URL around or before point.
2524 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2525 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2526 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2528 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2529 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2530 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2531 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2533 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2534 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2536 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2538 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2539 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2540 Default to the URL around or before point.
2542 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2543 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2544 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2546 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2547 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2549 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2551 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2552 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2553 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2554 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2556 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2558 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2559 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2560 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2561 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2562 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2563 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2565 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2567 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2568 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2569 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2570 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2571 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2573 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2574 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2575 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2576 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2578 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2579 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2581 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2583 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2584 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2585 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2586 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2587 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2590 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2591 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2592 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2593 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2595 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2596 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2598 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2600 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2601 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2602 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2603 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2604 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2605 don't offer a form of remote control.
2607 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2609 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2610 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2611 Default to the URL around or before point.
2613 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2615 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2616 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2617 Default to the URL around the point.
2619 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2620 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2622 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2623 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2625 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2629 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (20400
2631 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2633 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2634 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2638 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2639 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2645 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2646 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (20400 62402))
2647 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2649 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2650 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2651 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2652 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2656 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2657 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2658 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2659 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2663 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2664 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2668 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2669 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2671 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2672 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2673 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2674 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2676 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2677 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2678 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2679 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2680 name of buffer configuration.
2686 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (20352 65510))
2687 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2689 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2691 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2692 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2693 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2694 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2695 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2696 columns on its right towards the left.
2698 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2699 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2700 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2701 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2707 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2708 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (20352 65510))
2709 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2711 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2713 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2714 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2715 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2716 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2717 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2721 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2722 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2728 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2729 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2730 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2731 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2732 ;;;;;; "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (20423 1775))
2733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2734 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2735 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2736 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2738 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2740 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2741 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2742 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2743 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2744 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2745 else the global value will be modified.
2747 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2749 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2750 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2751 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2752 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2753 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2754 else the global value will be modified.
2756 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2758 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2759 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2760 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2762 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2764 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2765 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2766 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2767 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2769 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2770 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2771 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2772 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2773 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2776 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2777 that already has a `.elc' file.
2779 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2780 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2782 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2783 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2784 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2785 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2786 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2787 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2789 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2791 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2792 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2793 Print the result in the echo area.
2794 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2798 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2799 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2800 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2802 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2804 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2805 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2806 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2807 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2808 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2809 all functions called by those functions.
2811 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2812 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2815 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2816 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2817 invoked interactively.
2819 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2821 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2822 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2823 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2824 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2828 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2829 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2830 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2831 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2832 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2833 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2834 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2837 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2839 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2840 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2841 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2842 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2844 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2845 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2846 and corresponding effects.
2848 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (20352
2854 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2856 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2858 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (20352 65510))
2863 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2865 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2867 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2869 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2873 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2874 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
2875 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2877 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2878 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2879 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2880 from the cursor position.
2882 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2884 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2888 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2889 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2890 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (20400
2892 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2893 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2895 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2896 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2900 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2901 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2903 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2905 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2906 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2908 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2910 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2911 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2915 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2916 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2917 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2918 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2920 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2922 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2923 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2924 This is most useful in the X window system.
2925 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2926 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2928 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2930 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2931 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2932 See calc-keypad for details.
2934 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2936 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2937 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2939 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2941 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2942 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2944 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2946 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2947 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2949 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2951 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2952 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2953 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2955 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2957 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2958 Define Calc function.
2960 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2961 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2962 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2964 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2965 actual Lisp function name.
2967 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2969 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2971 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2975 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-undo) "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (20352
2977 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2979 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2986 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (20352
2988 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2990 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2991 Run the Emacs calculator.
2992 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2998 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (20400
3000 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3002 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3003 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3004 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3005 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3006 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3007 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3009 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3010 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3011 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3012 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3013 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3014 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3015 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3016 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3019 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3020 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3022 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3023 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3024 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3025 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3026 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3027 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3029 Runs the following hooks:
3031 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3032 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3033 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3034 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3036 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
3038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3042 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3043 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (20352 65510))
3044 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3046 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3047 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3049 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3051 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3052 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3053 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3056 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3060 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3061 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
3062 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3064 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3065 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3066 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3067 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3068 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3070 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3071 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3072 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3073 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3074 restriction to ASCII.
3076 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3081 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3082 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3083 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3085 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3086 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3087 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3088 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3089 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3090 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3091 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3093 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3094 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (20352
3102 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3103 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3107 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3108 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
3109 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3111 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3112 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3118 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-install c-guess-region-no-install c-guess-region
3119 ;;;;;; c-guess-buffer-no-install c-guess-buffer c-guess-no-install
3120 ;;;;;; c-guess) "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (20352 65510))
3121 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3123 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3124 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3126 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3127 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3129 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3130 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3132 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3134 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3135 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3138 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3140 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3141 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3143 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3144 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3147 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3149 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3150 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3152 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3154 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3155 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3158 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3160 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3161 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3163 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3164 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3167 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3169 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3170 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3172 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3174 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3175 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3178 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3180 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3181 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3183 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3184 variables are guessed:
3186 * `c-basic-offset', and
3187 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3190 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3191 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3193 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3194 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3196 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3197 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3198 guess is made from scratch.
3200 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3201 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3203 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3205 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3206 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3207 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3208 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3210 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3211 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3212 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3214 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3218 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode
3219 ;;;;;; c++-mode c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3220 ;;;;;; (20365 1028))
3221 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3223 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3224 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3225 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3226 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3227 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3228 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3229 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3231 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3233 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3234 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3235 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3236 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3237 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3238 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3239 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3240 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3241 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3242 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3244 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3245 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3246 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3247 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3248 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3249 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3251 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3253 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3254 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3261 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3262 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3264 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3265 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3266 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3267 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3268 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3269 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3272 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3274 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3275 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3282 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3283 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3284 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3286 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3287 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3288 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3289 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3290 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3291 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3294 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3296 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3297 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3304 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3305 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3306 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3308 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3309 Major mode for editing Java code.
3310 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3311 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3312 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3313 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3316 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3318 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3319 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3326 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3327 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3328 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3330 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3331 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3332 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3333 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3334 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3335 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3338 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3340 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3341 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3348 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3349 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3350 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3351 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3353 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3354 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3355 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3356 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3357 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3358 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3361 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3363 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3364 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3370 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3371 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3372 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3373 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3374 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3375 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3377 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3378 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3379 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3380 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3381 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3382 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3384 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3386 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3387 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3396 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3397 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (20352 65510))
3398 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3400 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3401 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3402 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3403 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3405 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3407 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3408 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3411 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3412 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3413 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3414 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3417 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3418 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3419 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3420 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3423 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3425 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3426 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3427 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3428 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3430 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3432 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3433 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3434 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3436 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3438 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3439 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3440 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3441 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3442 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3444 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (20352 65510))
3449 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3450 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3451 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3452 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3456 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3457 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3458 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
3459 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3461 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3462 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3464 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3466 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3467 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3469 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3471 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3472 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3474 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3475 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3476 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3477 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3480 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3482 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3484 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3485 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3487 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3488 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3492 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3493 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3494 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3495 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3496 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3499 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3500 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3501 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3502 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3504 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3505 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3508 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3510 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3512 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3515 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3516 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3518 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3519 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3520 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3523 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3525 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3526 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3527 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3529 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3531 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3533 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3534 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3536 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3540 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3542 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3544 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3545 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3548 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3549 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3552 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3554 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3555 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3556 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3557 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3558 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3559 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3560 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3561 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3562 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3563 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3564 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3565 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3566 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3567 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3568 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3569 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3572 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3573 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3575 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3576 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3578 | (write EXPRESSION)
3579 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3580 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3583 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3586 ;; Same as: (write string)
3588 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3589 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3590 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3593 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3594 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3595 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3596 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3597 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3598 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3600 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3601 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3603 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3606 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3607 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3608 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3610 ARG := REG | integer
3613 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3616 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3619 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3622 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3623 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3626 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3627 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3628 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3631 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3632 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3633 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3636 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3637 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3639 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3640 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3641 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3644 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3645 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3648 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3649 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3651 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3654 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3658 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3659 ;; Same meaning as C code
3660 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3662 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3667 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3668 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3671 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3672 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3676 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3680 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3681 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3682 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3684 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3685 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3686 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3688 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3689 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3690 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3691 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3692 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3695 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3697 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3699 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3700 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3701 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3702 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3703 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3704 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3706 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3708 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3709 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3710 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3712 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3714 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3718 ;;;### (autoloads (cconv-closure-convert) "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el"
3719 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
3720 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3722 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3723 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3724 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3725 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3727 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3729 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3733 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-auto-mode cfengine2-mode cfengine3-mode)
3734 ;;;;;; "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (20400 62402))
3735 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3737 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3738 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3739 There are no special keybindings by default.
3741 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3742 to the action header.
3746 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3747 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3748 There are no special keybindings by default.
3750 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3751 to the action header.
3755 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3756 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3757 on the buffer contents
3763 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3764 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (20370 20099))
3765 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3767 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3768 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3769 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3773 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3774 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3775 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3781 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3782 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3783 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3784 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3785 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3786 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3787 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3788 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3789 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (20400 62402))
3790 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3791 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3792 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3793 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3794 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3795 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3797 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3802 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3803 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3804 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3805 the users will view as each check is completed.
3809 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3810 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3811 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3812 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3813 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3814 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3815 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3816 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3818 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3820 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3821 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3822 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3823 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3824 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3825 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3826 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3827 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3829 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3831 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3832 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3833 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3834 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3835 spacing are all verified.
3839 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3840 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3841 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3842 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3843 otherwise stop after the first error.
3845 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3847 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3848 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3849 Only documentation strings are checked.
3850 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3851 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3854 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3856 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3857 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3858 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3859 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3860 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3862 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3864 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3865 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3866 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3867 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3870 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3872 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3873 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3874 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3875 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3877 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3879 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3881 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3882 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3883 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3885 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3887 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3888 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3889 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3890 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3891 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3895 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3896 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3897 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3898 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3899 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3900 space at the end of each line.
3902 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3904 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3905 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3906 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3907 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3909 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3911 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3912 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3913 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3914 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3916 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3918 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3919 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3920 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3921 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3923 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3925 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3926 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3927 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3928 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3930 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3932 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3933 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3934 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3935 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3937 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3939 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3940 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3941 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3942 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3944 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3946 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3947 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3948 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3949 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3951 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3953 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3954 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3955 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3956 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3958 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3960 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3961 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3962 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3963 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3965 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3967 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3968 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3969 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3970 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3971 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3973 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3974 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3975 checking of documentation strings.
3977 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3979 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3983 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3984 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3985 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (20352 65510))
3986 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3988 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3989 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3990 Return the length of resulting text.
3992 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3994 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3995 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3999 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4000 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4001 Return the length of resulting text.
4003 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4005 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4006 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4010 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4015 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4018 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4022 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4023 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (20352 65510))
4024 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4026 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4027 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4028 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4029 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4030 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4031 editing and the result is evaluated.
4033 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4035 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4036 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4037 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4038 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4039 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4041 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4045 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4046 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4047 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4048 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4049 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4051 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4052 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4053 \\{command-history-map}
4055 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4056 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (20352 65510))
4063 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4065 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4066 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4067 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4068 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4069 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4070 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4072 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4073 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4077 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4078 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
4079 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4081 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4082 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4083 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4084 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4085 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4086 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4087 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4090 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4091 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4092 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4095 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4096 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4098 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4099 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4100 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4101 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4102 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4103 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4104 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4105 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4106 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4107 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4108 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4109 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4111 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4112 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4113 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4115 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4116 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4117 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4120 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4122 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4124 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4126 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4127 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4129 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4130 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4132 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4133 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4134 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4135 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4136 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4137 value specified by their associated list element.
4139 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4141 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4142 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4143 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4145 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4146 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4147 * indent the first argument by 4.
4148 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4149 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4150 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4152 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4156 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4157 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
4158 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4160 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4161 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4162 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4163 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4165 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4166 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4167 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4168 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4170 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4171 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4173 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4177 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (20352
4179 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4181 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4182 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4183 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4184 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4185 of `scheme-program-name').
4186 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4187 it is given as initial input.
4188 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4189 discards input when it starts up.
4190 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4192 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4198 ;;;### (autoloads (color-name-to-rgb) "color" "color.el" (20352 65510))
4199 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4201 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4202 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4203 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4204 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4206 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4207 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4209 Optional arg FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4210 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4211 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4213 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4217 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4218 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4219 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4220 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
4221 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4223 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4224 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4225 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4226 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4227 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4228 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4229 functions have already modified the buffer.
4231 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4233 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4234 either globally or locally.")
4236 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4237 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4238 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4239 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4241 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4242 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4243 `start-file-process'
4244 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4245 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4246 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4248 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4249 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4251 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4253 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4255 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4257 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4258 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4259 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4260 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4261 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4262 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4263 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4264 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4265 process as its initial input.
4267 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4269 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4271 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4273 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4274 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4275 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4276 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4277 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4278 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4280 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4282 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4283 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4284 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4285 directory tracking functions.")
4287 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4288 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4289 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4291 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4293 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4295 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4296 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4297 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4299 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4301 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4303 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4304 Send COMMAND to current process.
4305 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4306 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4308 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4310 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4311 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4312 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4313 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4315 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4319 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
4320 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
4321 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4323 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4324 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4325 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4326 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4328 This command pushes the mark in each window
4329 at the prior location of point in that window.
4330 If both windows display the same buffer,
4331 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4332 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4334 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4335 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4336 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4337 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4338 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4339 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4340 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4343 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4344 this command work in interlaced mode:
4345 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4346 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4347 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4349 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4353 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4354 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4355 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4356 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4357 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (20400
4359 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4361 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4362 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4364 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4366 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4367 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4368 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4369 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4370 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4371 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4372 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4374 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4376 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4377 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4379 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4381 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4382 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4383 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4384 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4385 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4387 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4388 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4389 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4390 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4391 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4393 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4394 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4395 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4396 describing how the process finished.")
4398 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4399 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4400 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4401 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4402 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4404 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4405 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4406 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4408 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4410 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4411 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4412 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4413 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4415 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4417 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4418 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4420 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4421 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4423 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4425 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4426 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4427 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4428 (concat \"make -k \"
4429 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4431 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4432 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4434 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4435 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4436 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4437 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4439 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4441 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4442 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4443 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4444 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4446 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4447 and move to the source code that caused it.
4449 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4450 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4452 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4453 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4454 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4455 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4457 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4458 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4459 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4460 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4462 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4463 kills its subprocesses.
4465 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4466 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4467 to a function that generates a unique name.
4469 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4471 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4472 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4473 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4474 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4476 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4477 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4479 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4480 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4481 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4482 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4484 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4485 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4486 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4488 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4490 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4492 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4493 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4494 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4495 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4496 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4498 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4500 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4502 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4504 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4505 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4506 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4507 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4508 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4510 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4511 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4512 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4513 See `compilation-mode'.
4515 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4517 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4518 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4519 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4520 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4521 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4523 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4524 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4527 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4529 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4530 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4531 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4533 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4537 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4538 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
4539 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4541 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4542 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4543 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4544 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4545 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4546 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4548 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4550 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4551 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4552 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4553 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4554 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4556 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4560 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4561 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4562 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4563 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
4564 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4566 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4567 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4568 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4569 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4570 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4571 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4572 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4574 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4575 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4576 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4578 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4579 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4580 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4582 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4583 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4584 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4585 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4587 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4588 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4589 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4590 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4591 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4592 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4593 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4599 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4600 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4601 Comments start with `#'.
4602 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4604 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4614 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4615 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4616 Comments start with `;'.
4617 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4619 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4621 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4622 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4623 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4625 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4626 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4630 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4631 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4632 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4633 between `/*' and `*/'.
4634 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4636 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4637 // another kind of comment
4649 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4650 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4651 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4652 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4653 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4654 `conf-space-keywords'.
4655 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4656 in an interactive fashion instead.
4658 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4660 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4662 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4666 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4668 # Standard multimedia devices
4669 add /dev/audio desktop
4670 add /dev/mixer desktop
4674 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4675 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4676 See `conf-space-mode'.
4678 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4680 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4681 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4682 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4683 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4685 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4687 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4688 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4692 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4693 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4694 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4695 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4697 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4699 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4700 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4704 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4705 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4706 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4707 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4709 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4718 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4719 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (20400 62402))
4720 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4722 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4723 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4724 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4725 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4727 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4729 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4730 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4731 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4732 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4734 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4736 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4737 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4738 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4739 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4741 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4743 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4744 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4746 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4750 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4751 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (20400
4753 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4754 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4755 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4756 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4758 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4759 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4760 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4761 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4762 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4763 following the copyright are updated as well.
4764 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4767 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4769 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4770 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4771 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4772 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4773 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4777 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4778 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4780 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4782 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4783 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4784 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4786 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4790 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4791 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (20352 65510))
4792 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4793 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4794 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4795 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4796 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4797 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4798 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4799 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4801 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4802 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4803 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4804 Tab indents for Perl code.
4805 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4806 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4808 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4809 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4810 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4811 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4812 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4813 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4814 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4815 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4816 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4817 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4818 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4819 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4821 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4823 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4824 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4826 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4828 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4829 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4830 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4831 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4832 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4833 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4834 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4835 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4836 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4838 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4842 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4843 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4844 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4847 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4848 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4849 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4851 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4853 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4854 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4855 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4856 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4857 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4859 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4869 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4870 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4871 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4872 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4873 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4874 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4875 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4876 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4877 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4878 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4879 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4880 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4881 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4883 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4884 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4885 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4886 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4887 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4888 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4890 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4891 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4894 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4895 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4896 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4897 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4898 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4900 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4901 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4902 span the needed amount of lines.
4904 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4905 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4906 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4907 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4909 Variables controlling indentation style:
4910 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4911 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4912 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4913 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4914 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4915 `cperl-auto-newline'
4916 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4917 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4918 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4919 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4920 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4921 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4922 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4923 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4924 `cperl-indent-level'
4925 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4926 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4927 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4928 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4929 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4930 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4931 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4932 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4933 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4934 `cperl-brace-offset'
4935 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4936 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4937 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4938 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4939 `cperl-label-offset'
4940 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4941 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4942 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4944 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4945 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4946 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4947 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4948 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4949 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4951 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4952 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4953 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4954 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4956 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4957 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4958 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4959 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4960 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4961 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4962 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4964 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4965 column 0 is indented on
4966 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4968 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4971 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4972 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4973 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4977 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4978 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4982 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4983 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4989 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4990 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
4991 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4993 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4994 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4995 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4996 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4997 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5001 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5002 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5008 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5009 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
5010 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5012 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5013 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5014 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5015 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5017 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5018 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5020 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5022 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5023 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5024 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5025 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5026 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5030 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5034 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5035 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
5036 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5038 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5039 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5040 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5041 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5043 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5044 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5045 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5046 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5048 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5049 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5050 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5052 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5053 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5056 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5057 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5058 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5060 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5062 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5063 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5064 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5066 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5070 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (20352
5072 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5074 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5075 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5081 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5082 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
5083 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5085 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5086 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5087 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5088 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5089 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5090 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5092 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5094 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5095 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5096 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5097 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5098 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5100 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5101 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5102 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5103 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5104 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5105 normal function of these prefix keys.
5107 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5108 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5110 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5111 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5112 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5114 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5115 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5116 the prefix fallback behavior.
5118 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5119 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5120 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5121 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5123 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5125 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5126 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5132 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5133 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5134 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5135 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5136 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5137 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5138 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5139 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-push-and-save customize-save-variable
5140 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically
5141 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically custom-browse-sort-alphabetically)
5142 ;;;;;; "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (20424 24226))
5143 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5145 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5146 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5148 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5150 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5151 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5153 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5155 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5156 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5158 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5160 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5161 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5163 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5164 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5166 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5167 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5169 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5171 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5173 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5174 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5175 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5177 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5178 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5180 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5181 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5183 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5184 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5186 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5188 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5190 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5191 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5194 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5195 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5197 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5198 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5200 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5201 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5203 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5205 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5207 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5208 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5209 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5210 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5212 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5213 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5214 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5216 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5218 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5219 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5220 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5221 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5222 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5226 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5227 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5228 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5229 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5233 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5234 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5235 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5237 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5239 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5240 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5242 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5244 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5246 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5247 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5249 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5251 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5253 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5254 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5255 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5257 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5259 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5260 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5261 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5262 as part of Emacs itself.
5264 Each elements looks like this:
5266 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5268 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5269 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5270 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5271 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5272 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5273 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5274 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5277 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5279 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5280 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5281 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5282 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5283 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5285 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5286 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5287 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5288 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5290 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5292 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5293 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5294 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5295 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5296 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5298 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5299 that were added or redefined since that version.
5301 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5303 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5304 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5305 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5306 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5308 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5310 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5311 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5313 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5315 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5316 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5317 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5319 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5320 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5322 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5324 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5325 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5329 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5330 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5334 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5335 Customize all saved options and faces.
5339 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5340 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5341 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5342 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5343 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5344 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5346 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5347 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5348 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5349 If TYPE is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5350 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5351 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5353 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5355 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5356 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5357 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
5358 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5360 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5362 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5363 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5365 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5367 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5368 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5370 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5372 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5373 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5374 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5375 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5376 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5379 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5381 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5382 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5383 The result includes selecting that window.
5384 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5385 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5386 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5389 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5391 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5392 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5394 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5396 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5397 File used for storing customization information.
5398 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5399 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5400 it should be an absolute file name.
5402 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5403 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5404 something like the following in your init file:
5406 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5409 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5410 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5412 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5413 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5414 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5415 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5416 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5418 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5419 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5420 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5421 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5422 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5423 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5424 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5425 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5426 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5427 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5429 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5431 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5432 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5436 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5437 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5441 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5442 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5443 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5445 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5447 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5448 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5449 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5450 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5451 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5453 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5457 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme custom-theme-visit-theme
5458 ;;;;;; customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (20352
5460 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5462 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5463 Create or edit a custom theme.
5464 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5465 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5466 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5467 from the Custom save file.
5468 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5469 named *Custom Theme*.
5471 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5473 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5474 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5478 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5479 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5483 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5484 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5485 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5486 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5488 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5492 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5493 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
5494 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5496 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5497 Mode used for cvs status output.
5503 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5504 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (20400 62402))
5505 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5507 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5508 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5510 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5512 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5513 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5514 C++ modes are included.
5516 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5517 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5518 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5522 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5525 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5526 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5530 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5531 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5532 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5533 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5534 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5535 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5537 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5539 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5540 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5541 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5542 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5543 ARG is omitted or nil.
5545 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5546 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5547 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5553 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5554 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5555 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
5556 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5558 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5559 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5561 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5563 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5564 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5566 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5568 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5569 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5570 For readability, the table is slightly
5571 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5573 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5574 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5575 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5576 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5577 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5579 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5583 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5584 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
5585 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5586 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5587 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5588 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5589 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5591 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5592 Completion on current word.
5593 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5594 and presents suggestions for completion.
5596 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5597 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5600 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5601 then it searches *all* buffers.
5603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5605 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5606 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5608 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5609 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5610 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5611 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5612 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5614 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5615 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5617 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5618 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5619 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5621 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5622 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5624 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5630 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5631 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
5632 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5634 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5635 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5637 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5641 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (20400
5643 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5645 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5646 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5647 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5648 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5649 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5655 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (20400
5657 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5659 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5660 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5662 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5663 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5664 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5666 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5667 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5668 Data lines are not indented.
5673 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5675 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5676 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5677 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5678 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5680 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5683 Extra indentation within blocks.
5685 dcl-continuation-offset
5686 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5689 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5691 dcl-margin-label-offset
5692 Indentation for a label.
5694 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5695 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5697 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5698 dcl-block-end-regexp
5699 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5700 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5701 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5702 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5703 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5705 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5706 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5707 Two such functions are included in the package:
5708 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5709 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5711 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5712 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5713 One such function is included in the package:
5714 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5716 dcl-tab-always-indent
5717 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5718 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5721 dcl-electric-characters
5722 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5725 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5726 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5727 which words trigger electric indentation.
5730 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5731 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5732 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5734 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5735 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5736 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5737 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5739 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5740 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5741 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5742 dcl-imenu-label-call
5743 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5745 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5746 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5747 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5748 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5751 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5753 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5754 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5755 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5757 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5758 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5762 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5763 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5764 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5765 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5766 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5767 \"lined up with the command line\"
5769 Data lines are not indented at all.
5770 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5775 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5776 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5782 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5783 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (20352 65510))
5784 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5786 (setq debugger 'debug)
5788 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5789 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5790 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5793 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5794 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5795 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5797 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5799 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5800 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5802 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5804 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5805 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5806 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5807 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5808 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5809 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5811 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5812 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5814 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5816 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5817 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5818 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5819 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5820 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5822 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5826 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5827 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
5828 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5830 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5831 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5835 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5836 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5837 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5838 Upper-case letters are commands.
5840 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5843 The most useful commands are:
5844 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5845 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5846 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5847 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5848 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5849 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5855 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5856 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (20352
5858 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5860 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5861 Customization of `columns' group.
5865 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5866 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5868 START and END delimits the text region.
5870 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5872 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5873 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5875 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5877 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5881 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (20400
5883 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5885 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5886 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5887 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5888 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5889 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5890 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5891 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5893 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
5897 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5898 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5899 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5900 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5901 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5902 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5903 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5904 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5905 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5906 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5907 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5908 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5910 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5911 Directories to search when finding external units.
5912 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5913 If true then Delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5917 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5918 Face used to color Delphi comments.
5919 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5920 Face used to color Delphi strings.
5921 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5922 Face used to color Delphi keywords.
5923 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5924 Face used to color everything else.
5926 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable `delphi-mode-hook'
5927 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5933 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (20352
5935 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5937 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5939 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5940 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5941 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5942 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5943 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5944 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5946 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5948 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5949 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5950 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5951 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5952 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5954 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5955 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5956 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5959 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5963 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5964 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (20352 65510))
5965 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5967 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5968 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5970 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5972 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5973 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5974 or nil if there is no parent.
5975 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5976 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5977 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5978 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5979 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5981 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5982 arguments are currently understood:
5984 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5985 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5987 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5988 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5990 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5991 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5993 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5995 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5997 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5998 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5999 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6001 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6002 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6004 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6005 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6006 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6008 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6009 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6011 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6012 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6014 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6016 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6018 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6020 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6021 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6022 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6023 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6024 the first time the mode is used.
6026 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6030 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6031 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (20400 62402))
6032 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6034 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6035 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6036 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6037 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6038 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6039 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6042 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6044 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6045 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6046 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6047 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6049 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6050 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6051 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6053 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6054 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6055 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6056 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6057 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6058 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6061 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6065 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6066 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6067 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6068 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (20420 42151))
6069 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6071 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6072 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6073 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6075 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6077 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6078 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6079 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is
6080 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6081 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6083 If Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6084 one session to another. See variable `desktop-save' and function
6085 `desktop-read' for details.
6087 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6089 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6090 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6091 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6092 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6094 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6096 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6097 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6098 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6100 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6101 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6102 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6104 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6105 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6107 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6108 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6109 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6111 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6112 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6113 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6114 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6116 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6118 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6119 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6121 Handlers are called with argument list
6123 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6125 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6127 desktop-file-version
6128 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6129 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6130 desktop-buffer-point
6132 desktop-buffer-read-only
6133 desktop-buffer-locals
6135 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6136 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6138 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6141 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6143 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6144 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6146 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6148 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6150 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6151 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6152 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6153 List elements must have the form
6155 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6157 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6160 Handlers are called with argument list
6162 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6164 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6166 desktop-file-version
6167 desktop-buffer-file-name
6169 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6170 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6171 desktop-buffer-point
6173 desktop-buffer-read-only
6176 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6177 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6180 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6183 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6185 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6186 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6188 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6190 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6192 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6194 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6196 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6197 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6198 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6202 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6203 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6204 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6205 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6206 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6208 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6210 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6211 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6212 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6216 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6217 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6218 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6219 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6220 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6221 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6222 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6223 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6225 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6227 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6228 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6229 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6233 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6234 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6235 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6236 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6239 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6241 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6242 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6246 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6247 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6253 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6254 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6255 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (20352 65510))
6256 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6258 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6259 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6260 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6261 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6262 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6263 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6265 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6267 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6268 Repair a broken attribution line.
6269 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6271 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6273 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6274 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6275 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6276 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6278 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6280 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6281 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6287 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6288 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (20352 65510))
6289 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6291 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6292 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6293 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6294 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6295 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6299 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6300 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6301 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6302 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6304 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6305 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6306 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
6307 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6309 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6310 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6312 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6313 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6314 calendar-date-style 'european
6315 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6317 \(diary-mail-entries)
6319 # diary-rem.el ends here
6321 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6323 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6324 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6330 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-buffer-with-file diff-backup diff diff-command
6331 ;;;;;; diff-switches) "diff" "vc/diff.el" (20400 62402))
6332 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6334 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6335 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6337 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6339 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6340 The command to use to run diff.")
6342 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6344 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6345 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6346 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6347 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6348 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6349 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6351 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6352 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6353 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6355 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6357 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6358 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6359 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6360 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6361 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6362 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6364 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6366 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6367 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6368 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6370 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6374 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
6375 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
6376 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6378 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6379 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6380 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6383 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6384 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6385 headers for you on-the-fly.
6387 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6388 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6389 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6395 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6396 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6397 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6398 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6399 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6401 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6403 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6407 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (20352 65510))
6408 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6410 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6411 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6412 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6414 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6418 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6419 ;;;;;; dired dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (20400 62402))
6420 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6422 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6423 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6424 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6425 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6426 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6427 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6428 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6429 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6431 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6433 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6434 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6435 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6436 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6437 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6438 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6440 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6441 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6442 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6443 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6444 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6445 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6446 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6447 list of files to make directory entries for.
6448 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6449 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6450 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6452 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6454 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6455 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6457 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6458 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6460 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6461 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6463 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6464 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6466 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6468 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6469 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6471 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6473 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6474 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6475 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6476 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6477 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6478 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6479 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6480 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6481 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6482 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6483 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6484 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6485 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6486 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6487 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6488 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6489 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6490 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6491 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6492 to see why something went wrong.
6493 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6494 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6495 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6496 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6497 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6498 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6499 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6500 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6501 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6502 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6503 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6504 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6505 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6507 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6508 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6509 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6510 again for the directory tree.
6512 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6515 `dired-listing-switches'
6516 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6517 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6520 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6521 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6522 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6523 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6525 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6527 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6528 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6535 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6536 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6540 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6541 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
6542 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6544 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6545 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6546 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6547 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6548 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6550 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6551 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6552 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6554 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6555 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6560 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6561 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6562 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6563 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6564 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6565 from `default-directory'.
6567 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6571 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (20352
6573 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6575 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6576 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6577 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6578 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6579 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6580 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6582 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6586 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6587 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6588 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6589 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6590 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6591 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (20352 65510))
6592 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6594 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6595 Return a new, empty display table.
6599 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6600 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6601 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6602 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6603 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6605 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6607 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6608 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6609 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6610 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6611 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6613 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6615 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6616 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6620 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6621 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6625 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6626 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6628 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6629 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6631 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6632 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6635 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6636 in the default way after this call.
6640 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6641 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6645 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6646 Display character C using printable string S.
6650 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6651 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6652 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6653 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6655 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6657 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6658 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6659 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6662 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6664 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6665 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6667 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6669 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6670 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6672 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6674 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6675 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6677 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6679 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6680 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6682 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6684 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6685 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6687 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6689 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6690 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6692 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6693 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6695 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6696 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6698 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6699 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6700 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6701 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6703 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6704 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6705 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6712 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6713 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
6714 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6716 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6717 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6718 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6719 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6720 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6721 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6722 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6729 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (20352 65510))
6730 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6732 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6733 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6734 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6735 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6736 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6737 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6739 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6740 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6741 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6742 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6743 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6745 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6749 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6750 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (20352 65510))
6751 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6753 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6754 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6755 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6756 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6757 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6758 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6759 table and its own syntax table.
6761 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6764 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6766 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6767 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6773 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode-maybe
6774 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (20400
6776 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6778 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6779 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6780 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6781 OpenDocument format).
6783 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6785 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6786 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6788 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6789 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6791 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6792 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6793 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6797 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6798 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6799 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6800 to the next best mode.
6804 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6805 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6806 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6807 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6808 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6810 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6814 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6821 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (20352 65510))
6822 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6824 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6825 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6831 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (20352 65510))
6832 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6834 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6835 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6836 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6837 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6838 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6840 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6841 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6843 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6847 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (20352 65510))
6848 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6850 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6851 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6857 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6858 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6859 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (20400 62402))
6860 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6862 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6864 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6865 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6866 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6867 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6868 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6870 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6871 Interactively with no prefix argument it toggles the mode.
6872 With a prefix argument, it enables the mode if the argument is
6873 positive and otherwise disables it. When called from Lisp, it
6874 enables the mode if the argument is omitted or nil, and toggles
6875 the mode if the argument is `toggle'. If DOC is nil this
6876 function adds a basic doc-string stating these facts.
6878 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6879 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6880 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6881 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6882 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6883 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6884 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6885 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6887 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6888 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6889 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6890 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6891 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6894 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6895 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6896 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6897 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6898 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6899 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6900 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6901 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6902 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6903 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6904 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6905 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6906 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6907 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6908 named variable, or more generally anything that can be used
6909 with the CL macro `setf'. PLACE can also be of the form
6910 (GET . SET), where GET is an expression that returns the
6911 current state, and SET is a function that takes one argument,
6912 the new state, and sets it. If you specify a :variable,
6913 this function does not define a MODE variable (nor any of
6914 the terms used in :variable).
6915 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6916 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6918 For example, you could write
6919 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6920 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6923 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6925 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6927 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6929 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6930 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6931 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6932 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6933 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6934 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6935 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6936 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6937 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6938 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6939 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6940 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6942 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6943 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6944 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6945 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6946 call another major mode in their body.
6948 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6950 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6951 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6952 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6953 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6954 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6955 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6956 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6958 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6960 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6961 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6962 :inherit Parent keymap.
6964 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6965 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6967 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6969 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6970 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6971 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6972 the constant's documentation.
6974 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6976 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6977 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6978 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6980 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6984 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6985 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (20352
6987 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6989 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6990 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6992 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6993 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6994 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6996 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6997 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7001 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7002 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7006 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7007 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7011 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection whenever
7012 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
7014 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7016 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7018 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7020 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7021 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7023 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7024 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7026 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7028 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7030 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7034 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7035 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7036 computed automatically.
7037 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7041 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7043 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs's first display of
7044 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7045 keyboard equivalent.
7049 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection whenever
7050 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
7054 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7055 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7059 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7060 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
7064 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7065 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
7069 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7073 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7074 radio: A radio button.
7075 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7076 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7078 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7082 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7083 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7087 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7089 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7090 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7091 as a solid horizontal line.
7093 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7095 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7097 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7099 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7102 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7104 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7105 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7106 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7107 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7109 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7111 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7112 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7113 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7114 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7115 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7116 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7118 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7119 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7120 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7122 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7123 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7124 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7126 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7127 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7129 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7133 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7134 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7135 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7136 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7137 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7138 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7139 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7140 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (20400 62402))
7141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7143 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7144 Customization for ebnf group.
7148 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7149 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7151 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7153 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7156 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7158 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7160 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7161 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7163 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7164 killed after process termination.
7166 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7168 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7170 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7171 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7173 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7174 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7177 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7178 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7179 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7180 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7182 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7184 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7185 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7186 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7188 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7190 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7191 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7193 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7195 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7198 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7200 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7202 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7203 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7205 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7206 killed after process termination.
7208 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7210 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7212 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7213 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7214 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7215 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7217 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7221 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7222 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7223 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7225 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7227 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7229 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7230 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7232 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7234 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7237 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7239 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7241 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7242 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7244 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7245 killed after EPS generation.
7247 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7249 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7251 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7252 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7254 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7255 The EPS file name has the following form:
7257 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7259 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7260 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7262 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7263 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7264 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7265 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7266 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7268 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7273 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7274 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7276 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7277 The EPS file name has the following form:
7279 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7281 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7282 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7284 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7285 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7286 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7287 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7288 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7290 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7293 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7295 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7297 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7298 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7300 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7302 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7305 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7307 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7309 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7310 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7312 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7313 killed after syntax checking.
7315 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7317 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7319 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7320 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7324 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7325 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7327 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7329 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7330 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7334 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7335 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7337 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7341 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7342 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7344 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7346 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7348 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7351 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7355 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7356 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7358 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7360 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7362 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7363 Set STYLE as the current style.
7365 Returns the old style symbol.
7367 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7371 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7372 Reset current style.
7374 Returns the old style symbol.
7376 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7378 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7380 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7381 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7383 Returns the old style symbol.
7385 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7387 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7389 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7391 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7392 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7394 Returns the old style symbol.
7396 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7398 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7404 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7405 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7406 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7407 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7408 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7409 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7410 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7411 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7412 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7413 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7414 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (20400
7416 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7418 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7419 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7420 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7421 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7422 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7423 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7425 Tree mode key bindings:
7426 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7430 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7431 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7435 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7436 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7440 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7441 View declaration of member at point.
7445 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7446 Find declaration of member at point.
7450 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7451 View definition of member at point.
7455 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7456 Find definition of member at point.
7460 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7461 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7465 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7466 View definition of member at point in other window.
7470 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7471 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7475 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7476 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7480 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7481 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7485 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7486 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7490 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7491 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7492 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7493 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7496 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7498 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7499 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7500 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7501 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7503 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7505 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7506 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7507 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7508 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7510 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7512 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7513 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7514 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7516 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7518 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7519 Search for call sites of a member.
7520 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7521 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7522 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7523 looks like a function call to the member.
7525 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7527 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7528 Move backward in the position stack.
7529 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7533 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7534 Move forward in the position stack.
7535 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7539 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7540 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7544 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7545 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7549 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7550 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7551 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7552 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7554 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7556 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7557 Display statistics for a class tree.
7563 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7564 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
7565 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7567 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7568 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7569 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7570 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7572 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7573 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7574 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7576 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7577 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7578 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7580 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7582 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7588 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7589 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (20352 65510))
7590 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7592 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7593 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7594 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7596 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7600 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7601 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
7602 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7604 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7611 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (20352 65510))
7612 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7614 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7615 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7616 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7617 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7618 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7619 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7621 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7623 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7624 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7625 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7626 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7627 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7629 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7630 an EDE controlled project.
7632 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7636 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7637 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7638 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (20400 62402))
7639 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7641 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7642 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7643 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7644 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7645 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7647 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7648 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7649 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7650 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7652 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7654 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7655 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7656 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7657 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7659 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7661 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7662 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7663 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7664 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7666 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7668 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7670 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7671 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7672 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7673 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7674 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7676 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7677 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7678 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7679 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7680 instrumented for Edebug.
7682 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7683 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7684 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7685 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7690 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7691 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7695 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7696 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7702 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7703 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7704 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7705 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7706 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7707 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7708 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7709 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7710 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7711 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (20400 62402))
7712 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7714 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7715 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7717 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7719 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7720 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7722 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7724 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7726 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7728 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7729 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7730 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7731 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7735 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7736 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7737 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7738 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7742 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7743 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7745 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7747 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7749 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7750 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7752 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7754 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7756 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7757 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7758 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7759 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7761 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7763 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7765 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7766 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7767 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7768 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7770 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7772 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7774 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7775 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7776 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7777 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7779 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7781 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7783 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7784 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7785 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7786 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7788 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7790 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7792 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7793 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7794 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7795 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7796 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7797 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7799 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7801 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7802 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7803 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7804 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7806 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7808 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7810 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7811 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7812 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7813 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7815 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7817 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7819 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7821 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7822 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7823 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7825 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7826 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7828 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7830 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7831 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7832 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7834 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7835 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7837 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7839 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7840 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7841 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7842 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7843 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7845 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7847 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7848 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7849 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7850 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7851 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7852 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7854 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7856 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7858 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7859 Merge two files without ancestor.
7861 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7863 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7864 Merge two files with ancestor.
7866 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7868 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7870 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7871 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7873 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7875 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7876 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7878 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7880 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7881 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7882 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7885 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7887 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7888 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7889 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7892 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7894 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7895 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7896 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7897 and don't ask the user.
7898 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7899 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7901 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7903 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7904 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7905 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7906 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7907 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7908 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7909 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7910 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7912 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7914 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7916 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7918 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7919 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7920 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7921 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7922 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7924 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7926 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7928 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7929 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7930 When called interactively, displays the version.
7934 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7935 Display Ediff's manual.
7936 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7938 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7942 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7943 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
7944 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7946 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7953 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7954 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
7955 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7957 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7958 Display Ediff's registry.
7962 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7966 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7967 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (20352 65510))
7968 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7970 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7971 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7972 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7977 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7978 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7979 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7980 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7986 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7987 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7988 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
7989 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7991 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7992 Edit a keyboard macro.
7993 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7994 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7995 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7997 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7999 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8001 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8002 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8004 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8006 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8007 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8009 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8011 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8012 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8013 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8014 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8015 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8016 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8018 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8019 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8020 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8021 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8023 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8025 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8026 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8027 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8028 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8029 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8030 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8032 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8036 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8037 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (20352 65510))
8038 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8040 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8042 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8043 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8045 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8047 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8048 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8054 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8055 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
8056 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8058 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8059 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8060 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8061 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8062 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8063 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8064 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8066 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8067 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8069 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8070 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8071 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8072 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8074 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8075 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8076 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8078 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8079 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8080 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8082 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8084 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8087 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8091 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8092 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (20352 65510))
8093 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8095 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8096 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8098 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8100 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8101 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8102 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8103 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8104 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8106 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8107 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8108 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8109 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8110 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8111 expression point is on.
8113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8115 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8116 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8120 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8121 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8122 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8123 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8124 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8125 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8128 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8129 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8130 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8133 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8134 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8138 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
8139 ;;;;;; "electric" "electric.el" (20400 62402))
8140 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
8142 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
8143 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
8145 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
8146 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
8147 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8148 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8149 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8150 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
8152 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
8154 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
8155 Toggle on-the-fly reindentation (Electric Indent mode).
8156 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Indent mode if ARG is
8157 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8158 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8160 This is a global minor mode. When enabled, it reindents whenever
8161 the hook `electric-indent-functions' returns non-nil, or you
8162 insert a character from `electric-indent-chars'.
8164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8166 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8167 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8168 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8169 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8170 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8171 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8173 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
8175 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
8176 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8177 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8178 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8179 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8181 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8182 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8183 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.)
8185 See options `electric-pair-pairs' and `electric-pair-skip-self'.
8187 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8189 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
8190 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
8191 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8192 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8193 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8194 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
8196 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
8198 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
8199 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
8200 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Layout mode if ARG is
8201 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8202 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8203 The variable `electric-layout-rules' says when and how to insert newlines.
8205 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8209 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (20352
8211 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8213 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8214 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8216 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8217 an elided material again.
8219 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8221 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8225 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
8226 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8227 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
8228 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8230 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8235 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8236 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8237 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8239 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8241 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8242 Lint the current buffer.
8243 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8247 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8248 Lint the function at point.
8249 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8253 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8255 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8256 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8258 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8262 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8263 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (20352
8265 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8267 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8268 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8269 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8271 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8273 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8274 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8275 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8276 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8278 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8280 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8281 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8282 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8284 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8286 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8288 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8289 Display current profiling results.
8290 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8291 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8298 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-lock-mode) "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el"
8299 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
8300 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8302 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8303 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8304 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8305 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8306 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8307 ARG is omitted or nil.
8309 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8310 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8311 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8314 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8316 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8317 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8318 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8320 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8322 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8326 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug-query-existing-bugs report-emacs-bug)
8327 ;;;;;; "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (20400 62402))
8328 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8330 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8331 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8332 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8334 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8336 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug-query-existing-bugs "emacsbug" "\
8337 Query for KEYWORDS at `report-emacs-bug-tracker-url', and return the result.
8338 The result is an alist with items of the form (URL SUBJECT NO).
8340 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
8344 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8345 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8346 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8347 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8348 ;;;;;; "vc/emerge.el" (20400 62402))
8349 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8351 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8352 Run Emerge on two files.
8354 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8356 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8357 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8359 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8361 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8362 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8364 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8366 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8367 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8369 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8371 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8376 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8381 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8384 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8386 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8389 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8391 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8392 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8394 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8396 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8397 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8399 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8401 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8404 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8408 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8409 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (20352 65510))
8410 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8412 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8413 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8414 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8415 text/enriched format.
8417 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8418 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8419 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8421 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8423 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8424 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8428 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8430 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8432 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8435 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8437 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8440 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8444 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8445 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8446 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8447 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8448 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8449 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (20400
8451 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8453 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8454 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8456 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8458 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8459 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8461 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8463 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8464 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8465 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8466 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8467 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8468 the keys are listed.
8469 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8471 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8473 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8478 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8483 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8484 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8486 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8488 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8489 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8491 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8493 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8494 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8496 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8497 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8498 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8499 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8501 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8502 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8503 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8504 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8505 should consider using the string based counterpart
8506 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8507 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8511 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8512 (decode-coding-string
8513 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8516 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8518 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8519 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8521 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8522 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8524 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8526 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8527 Verify the current region between START and END.
8529 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8530 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8531 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8532 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8533 should consider using the string based counterpart
8534 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8535 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8539 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8540 (decode-coding-string
8541 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8544 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8546 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8547 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8548 between START and END.
8550 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8551 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8553 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8555 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8556 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8558 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8559 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8560 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8561 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8562 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8563 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8567 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8570 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8572 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8574 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8575 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8577 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8578 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8579 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8580 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8581 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8582 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8586 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8589 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8592 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8594 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8595 Delete selected KEYS.
8597 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8599 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8600 Import keys from FILE.
8604 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8605 Import keys from the region.
8607 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8609 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8610 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8611 between START and END.
8613 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8615 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8616 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8618 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8620 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8621 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8627 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8628 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (20352 65510))
8629 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8631 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8632 Decrypt marked files.
8636 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8637 Verify marked files.
8641 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8646 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8647 Encrypt marked files.
8653 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8654 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (20352 65510))
8655 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8657 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8660 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8662 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8667 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8674 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8675 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8676 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (20352 65510))
8677 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8679 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8680 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8681 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8682 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8683 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8687 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8688 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8689 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8691 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8695 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8696 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8697 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8699 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8703 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8704 Sign the current buffer.
8705 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8707 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8709 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8711 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8712 Encrypt the current buffer.
8713 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8715 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8717 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8719 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8720 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8721 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8723 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8727 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8728 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8729 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8730 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8731 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8732 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8734 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8736 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8737 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8738 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8739 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8740 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8746 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (20352 65510))
8747 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8749 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8750 Return a context object.
8752 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8756 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8757 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (20400 62402))
8758 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8760 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8761 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8765 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8766 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8768 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8770 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8771 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8773 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8777 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc-tls erc erc-select-read-args)
8778 ;;;;;; "erc" "erc/erc.el" (20400 62402))
8779 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8781 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8782 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8786 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8787 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8788 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8790 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8792 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8793 (server (erc-compute-server))
8794 (port (erc-compute-port))
8795 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8797 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8799 That is, if called with
8801 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8803 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8804 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8805 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8807 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8809 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8811 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8812 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8813 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8815 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8817 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8818 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8819 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8820 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8822 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (20400
8828 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8829 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (20400 62402))
8834 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8835 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (20352 65510))
8840 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8841 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (20352 65510))
8846 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8847 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8851 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8852 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (20400 62402))
8853 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8854 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8856 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8857 Parser for /dcc command.
8858 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8859 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8860 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8862 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8864 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8865 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8869 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8870 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8872 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8873 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8874 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8877 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8881 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8882 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8883 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8884 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8885 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
8886 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8888 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8889 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8891 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8893 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8894 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8895 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8896 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8898 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8900 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8903 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8905 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8906 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8908 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8910 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8911 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8913 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8915 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8916 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8918 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8920 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8921 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8923 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8925 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8926 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8928 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8930 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8931 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8933 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8935 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8936 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8940 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8941 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8947 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (20352
8949 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8950 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8952 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8953 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8954 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8960 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8961 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (20352 65510))
8962 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8963 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8965 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8966 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8967 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8968 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8969 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8970 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8973 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8975 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8978 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8982 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8983 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
8984 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8986 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (20400 62402))
8994 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8995 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (20352 65510))
9000 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9001 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9005 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9006 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (20400 62402))
9007 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9008 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9010 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9011 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9012 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9013 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9014 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9015 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9017 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9019 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9020 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9021 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9022 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9024 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9025 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9028 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9029 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9031 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9035 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9036 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9037 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9038 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
9039 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9040 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9042 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9043 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9047 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9048 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9052 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9053 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9057 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9058 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9062 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9063 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9067 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9068 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9072 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9073 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9077 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9078 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (20352 65510))
9085 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9086 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9090 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9091 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
9092 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9093 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9095 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9102 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9103 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (20352 65510))
9104 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9106 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9107 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9108 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9109 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9113 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9114 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9120 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9121 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (20400 62402))
9122 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9123 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9125 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9126 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9127 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9128 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9130 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9132 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (20352 65510))
9140 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9141 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (20400
9147 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9148 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (20352 65510))
9153 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9154 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (20352 65510))
9159 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9160 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9164 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9165 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (20400 62402))
9166 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9167 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9169 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9170 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9174 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9175 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9176 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9178 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (20400 62402))
9183 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9184 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9188 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9189 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
9190 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9192 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9193 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9194 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (20352
9202 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9203 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (20400 62402))
9208 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9209 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9213 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9214 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
9215 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9217 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9218 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9219 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9221 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9223 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9224 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9225 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9226 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9227 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9229 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9230 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9231 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9232 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9235 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9239 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9240 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (20400 62402))
9241 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9242 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9244 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9245 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9246 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9247 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9249 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9251 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9252 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9253 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9259 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9260 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
9261 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9262 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9264 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9265 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9271 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-describe-test ert-run-tests-interactively
9272 ;;;;;; ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit ert-run-tests-batch ert-deftest)
9273 ;;;;;; "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (20400 62402))
9274 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9276 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9277 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9279 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9280 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9282 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
9285 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9287 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9288 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9289 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9291 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9293 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9295 (put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9297 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9299 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9301 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9302 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9304 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9305 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9306 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9307 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9309 Returns the stats object.
9311 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9313 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9314 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9316 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9317 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9318 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9321 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9323 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9324 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9326 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9327 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9328 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9329 and how to display message.
9331 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9333 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9335 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9336 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9338 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9342 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-kill-all-test-buffers) "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el"
9343 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
9344 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9346 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9348 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9349 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9355 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (20352
9357 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9359 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9360 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9368 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9369 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (20400 62402))
9370 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9372 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9373 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9374 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9375 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9376 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9377 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9378 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9379 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9380 buffer selected (or created).
9382 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9384 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9385 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9386 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9388 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9390 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9391 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9392 The result might be any Lisp object.
9393 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9394 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9395 corresponding to a successful execution.
9397 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9399 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9403 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9404 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9405 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9406 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9407 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9408 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9409 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9410 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
9411 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9413 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9414 *File name of tags table.
9415 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9416 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9417 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9418 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9419 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9421 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9422 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9423 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9424 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9426 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9428 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9429 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9430 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9431 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9432 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9433 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9435 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9437 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9438 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9439 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9440 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9441 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9442 `auto-compression-mode').")
9444 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9446 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9447 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9448 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9449 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9450 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9452 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9454 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9455 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9456 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9457 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9459 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9461 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9462 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9463 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9464 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9465 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9467 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9469 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9470 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9474 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9475 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9476 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9477 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9479 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9480 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9481 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9482 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9483 file the tag was in.
9485 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9487 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9488 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9489 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9490 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9491 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9492 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9493 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9494 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9495 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9497 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9499 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9500 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9501 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9502 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9503 without directory names.
9506 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9507 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9510 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9512 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9513 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9514 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9515 but does not select the buffer.
9516 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9518 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9519 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9520 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9521 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9522 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9524 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9526 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9527 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9528 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9530 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9532 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9534 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9535 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9536 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9537 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9539 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9540 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9541 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9542 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9543 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9545 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9547 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9548 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9549 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9551 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9553 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9554 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9556 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9557 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9558 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9559 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9560 around or before point.
9562 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9563 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9564 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9565 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9566 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9568 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9570 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9571 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9572 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9574 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9576 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9577 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9579 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9580 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9581 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9582 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9583 around or before point.
9585 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9586 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9587 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9588 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9589 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9591 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9593 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9594 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9595 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9597 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9599 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9600 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9602 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9603 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9604 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9606 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9607 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9608 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9609 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9610 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9612 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9614 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9615 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9616 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9618 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9620 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9621 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9622 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9624 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9625 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9627 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9628 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9629 where they were found.
9633 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9634 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9636 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9637 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9638 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9640 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9641 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9643 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9644 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9646 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9648 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9649 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9650 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9651 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9653 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9654 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9655 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9656 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9657 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9659 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9660 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9662 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9663 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9664 Stops when a match is found.
9665 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9667 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9668 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9669 restricted to these files.
9671 Aleso see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9673 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9675 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9676 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9677 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9678 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9679 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9680 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9681 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9682 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9684 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9685 produce the list of files to search.
9687 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9689 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9691 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9692 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9693 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9694 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9695 directory specification.
9697 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9699 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9700 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9702 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9704 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9705 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9706 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9707 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9711 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9712 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9713 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9714 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9715 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9721 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9722 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9723 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9724 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9725 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9726 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9727 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9728 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
9729 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9731 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9736 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9737 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9739 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9740 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9742 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9743 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9746 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9747 even if the buffer is read-only.
9749 See also the descriptions of the variables
9750 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9752 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9754 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9755 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9757 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9758 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9760 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9761 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9764 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9765 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9767 See also the descriptions of the variables
9768 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9770 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9772 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9773 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9774 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9775 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9777 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9779 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9780 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9781 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9782 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9784 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9785 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9788 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9789 buffer is read-only.
9791 See also the descriptions of the variables
9792 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9793 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9795 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9797 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9798 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9800 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9801 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9803 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9804 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9805 the primary language.
9807 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9808 buffer is read-only.
9810 See also the descriptions of the variables
9811 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9812 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9814 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9816 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9817 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9818 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9820 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9822 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9823 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9827 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9828 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9830 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9831 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9834 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9835 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9836 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9838 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9840 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9842 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9843 This function is deprecated.
9847 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9848 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9852 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9853 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9857 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9858 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9860 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9861 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9863 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9864 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9868 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9869 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9873 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9874 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9878 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9879 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9883 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9884 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9885 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9889 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9892 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9896 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9897 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9898 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
9899 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9901 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9902 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9903 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9904 server for future sessions.
9906 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9908 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9909 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9910 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9912 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9914 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9915 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9916 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9918 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9920 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9921 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9922 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9923 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9924 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9925 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9926 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9927 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9928 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9929 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9930 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9931 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9933 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9935 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9936 Display a form to query the directory server.
9937 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9938 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9940 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9942 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9943 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9944 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9948 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc
:help
,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map
)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu
(symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu
))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads
)) (if (featurep 'xemacs
) (if (and (featurep 'menubar
) (not (featurep 'infodock
))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu
)) (require 'easymenu
) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item
) (easy-menu-add-item nil
'("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps
) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
9952 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9953 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9954 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (20352 65510))
9955 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9957 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary
"eudc-bob" "\
9958 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9960 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9962 (autoload 'eudc-display-url
"eudc-bob" "\
9963 Display URL and make it clickable.
9967 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail
"eudc-bob" "\
9968 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9970 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil
)
9972 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound
"eudc-bob" "\
9973 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9975 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9977 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline
"eudc-bob" "\
9978 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9980 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9982 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
"eudc-bob" "\
9983 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9985 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9989 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9990 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (20352 65510))
9991 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9993 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
"eudc-export" "\
9994 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9995 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9999 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert
"eudc-export" "\
10000 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10006 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10007 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
10008 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10010 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist
"eudc-hotlist" "\
10011 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10017 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (20400
10019 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10021 (autoload 'ewoc-create
"ewoc" "\
10022 Create an empty ewoc.
10024 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10026 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10027 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10028 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10029 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10030 `insert-before-markers'.
10032 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10033 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10034 respectively, of the ewoc.
10036 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10037 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10038 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10040 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil
)
10044 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10045 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10046 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10047 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
10048 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10050 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p
"executable" "\
10051 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10052 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10054 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil
)
10056 (autoload 'executable-interpret
"executable" "\
10057 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10058 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10059 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10060 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10062 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
10064 (autoload 'executable-set-magic
"executable" "\
10065 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10066 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10067 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10068 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10071 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil
)
10073 (autoload 'executable-self-display
"executable" "\
10074 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10075 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10079 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
"executable" "\
10080 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10081 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10088 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10089 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10090 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
10091 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10093 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs
"expand" "\
10094 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10095 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10096 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10098 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10100 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10101 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10102 to generate such functions.
10104 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10105 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10106 beginning of the expanded text.
10108 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10109 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10110 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10111 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10113 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10115 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil
)
10117 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook
"expand" "\
10118 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10119 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10123 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
"expand" "\
10124 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10125 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10129 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
"expand" "\
10130 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10131 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10134 (define-key abbrev-map
"p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
10135 (define-key abbrev-map
"n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
10139 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (20400 62402))
10140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10142 (autoload 'f90-mode
"f90" "\
10143 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10144 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10146 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10147 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10148 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10150 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10155 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10158 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10160 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10162 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10163 `f90-program-indent'
10164 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10166 `f90-associate-indent'
10167 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10168 `f90-critical-indent'
10169 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10170 `f90-continuation-indent'
10171 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10172 `f90-comment-region'
10173 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10174 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10175 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10176 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10178 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10179 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10180 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10181 `f90-break-delimiters'
10182 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10183 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10184 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10185 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10187 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10188 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10190 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10191 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10192 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10193 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10194 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10195 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10196 `f90-leave-line-no'
10197 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10199 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10200 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10206 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10207 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10208 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
10209 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (20400
10211 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10213 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative
"face-remap" "\
10214 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10215 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10216 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10218 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should be either a list of face
10219 names, or a property list of face attribute/value pairs. The
10220 remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10221 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative', as well
10222 as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest priority). This
10223 function tries to sort multiple remappings for the same face, so
10224 that remappings specifying relative face attributes are applied
10225 after remappings specifying absolute face attributes.
10227 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10228 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10230 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil
)
10232 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base
"face-remap" "\
10233 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10234 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10235 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10237 \(fn FACE)" nil nil
)
10239 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base
"face-remap" "\
10240 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10241 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10242 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS. SPECS
10243 should be either a list of face names, or a property list of face
10244 attribute/value pairs.
10246 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10247 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10248 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10249 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10251 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil
)
10253 (autoload 'text-scale-set
"face-remap" "\
10254 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10255 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10257 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10258 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10259 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10262 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil
)
10264 (autoload 'text-scale-increase
"face-remap" "\
10265 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10266 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10268 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10269 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10270 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10271 will remove any scaling currently active.
10275 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease
"face-remap" "\
10276 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10277 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10280 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
+)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
10281 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?-
)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
10282 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
=)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
10283 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
0)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
10285 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust
"face-remap" "\
10286 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
10288 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10289 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10291 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10292 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10293 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10295 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
10296 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
10297 is one of the above.
10299 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10300 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10301 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10302 will remove any scaling currently active.
10304 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10305 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10306 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10307 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10308 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10312 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode
"face-remap" "\
10313 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10314 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10315 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10316 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10317 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10321 (autoload 'buffer-face-set
"face-remap" "\
10322 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10323 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10324 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10325 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
10327 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10328 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
10330 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil
)
10332 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle
"face-remap" "\
10333 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10334 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10335 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10337 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10338 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10339 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10340 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10342 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10343 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10345 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil
)
10347 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode
"face-remap" "\
10348 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10349 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10350 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10352 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10356 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10357 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10358 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (20400 62402))
10359 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10361 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it
"feedmail" "\
10362 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10363 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10364 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10368 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
"feedmail" "\
10369 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10373 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt
"feedmail" "\
10374 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10375 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10376 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10380 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue
"feedmail" "\
10381 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10382 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10383 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10384 backup file names and the like).
10386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10388 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder
"feedmail" "\
10389 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10390 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10391 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10392 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10393 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10394 internally by feedmail):
10396 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10397 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10398 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10399 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10401 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10402 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10403 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10404 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10405 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10407 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil
)
10411 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10412 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (20400 62402))
10413 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10415 (autoload 'ffap-next
"ffap" "\
10416 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10417 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10418 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10419 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10420 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10421 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10423 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil
)
10425 (autoload 'find-file-at-point
"ffap" "\
10426 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10427 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10428 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10429 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10430 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10431 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10433 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil
)
10435 (defalias 'ffap
'find-file-at-point
)
10437 (autoload 'ffap-menu
"ffap" "\
10438 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10439 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10440 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10441 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10442 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10444 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil
)
10446 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse
"ffap" "\
10447 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10448 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10450 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10451 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10456 (autoload 'dired-at-point
"ffap" "\
10457 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10458 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10460 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil
)
10462 (defun ffap-guess-file-name-at-point nil
"\
10463 Try to get a file name at point.
10464 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'." (when (fboundp (quote ffap-guesser
)) (let ((guess (ffap-guesser))) (setq guess
(if (or (not guess
) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-url-p
)) (ffap-url-p guess
)) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-file-remote-p
)) (ffap-file-remote-p guess
))) guess
(abbreviate-file-name (expand-file-name guess
)))) (when guess
(if (file-directory-p guess
) (file-name-as-directory guess
) guess
)))))
10466 (autoload 'ffap-bindings
"ffap" "\
10467 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10473 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10474 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10475 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10476 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (20352 65510))
10477 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10479 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory
"filecache" "\
10480 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10481 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10482 be added to the cache.
10484 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
10486 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list
"filecache" "\
10487 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10488 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10489 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10490 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10492 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
10494 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file
"filecache" "\
10495 Add FILE to the file cache.
10499 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find
"filecache" "\
10500 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10501 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10503 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil
)
10505 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate
"filecache" "\
10506 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10507 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10509 \(fn STRING)" t nil
)
10511 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively
"filecache" "\
10512 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10513 This function does not use any external programs.
10514 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10515 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10516 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10518 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
10520 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete
"filecache" "\
10521 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10522 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10523 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10524 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10525 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10526 \(directories) is done.
10532 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10533 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10534 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10535 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10536 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (20400 62402))
10537 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10539 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10540 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10542 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10543 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10544 Local Variables list.
10546 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10547 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10548 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10550 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
10552 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10553 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10555 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10557 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10558 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10560 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10561 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10564 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10565 then this function adds it.
10567 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
10569 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10570 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10572 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10574 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10575 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10577 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
10579 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10580 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10582 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10584 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals
"files-x" "\
10585 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10589 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
"files-x" "\
10590 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10594 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10595 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10601 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (20352
10603 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10605 (autoload 'filesets-init
"filesets" "\
10606 Filesets initialization.
10607 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10613 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (20352 65510))
10614 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10616 (autoload 'find-cmd
"find-cmd" "\
10617 Initiate the building of a find command.
10620 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10621 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10623 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10625 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10626 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10628 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil
)
10632 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired) "find-dired"
10633 ;;;;;; "find-dired.el" (20352 65510))
10634 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10636 (autoload 'find-dired
"find-dired" "\
10637 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10638 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10640 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10642 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10643 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10645 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil
)
10647 (autoload 'find-name-dired
"find-dired" "\
10648 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10649 and run dired on those files.
10650 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10651 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10653 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10655 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil
)
10657 (autoload 'find-grep-dired
"find-dired" "\
10658 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10659 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10661 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10662 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10664 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10665 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10667 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil
)
10671 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10672 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10673 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
10674 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10676 (defvar ff-special-constructs
`((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil
(buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10677 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10678 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10679 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10680 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10681 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10682 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10684 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file
"find-file" "\
10685 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10686 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10688 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10690 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil
)
10692 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file
'ff-find-other-file
)
10694 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file
"find-file" "\
10695 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10696 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10698 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10699 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10701 Variables of interest include:
10703 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10704 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10705 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10707 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10708 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10709 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10711 - `ff-ignore-include'
10712 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10714 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10715 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10718 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10720 - `ff-special-constructs'
10721 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10722 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10723 extracting the filename from that construct.
10725 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10726 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10728 - `ff-search-directories'
10729 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10730 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10732 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10733 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10735 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10736 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10738 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10739 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10741 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10742 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10744 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10745 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10747 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil
)
10749 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file
"find-file" "\
10750 Visit the file you click on.
10752 \(fn EVENT)" t nil
)
10754 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window
"find-file" "\
10755 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10757 \(fn EVENT)" t nil
)
10761 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10762 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10763 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10764 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10765 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10766 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10767 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (20352 65510))
10768 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10770 (autoload 'find-library
"find-func" "\
10771 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10772 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10774 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil
)
10776 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol
"find-func" "\
10777 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10778 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10779 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10781 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10782 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10783 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10784 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10786 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil
)
10788 (autoload 'find-function-noselect
"find-func" "\
10789 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10791 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10792 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10793 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10794 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10796 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10797 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10798 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10800 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10801 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10804 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil
)
10806 (autoload 'find-function
"find-func" "\
10807 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10809 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10810 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10811 places point before the definition.
10812 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10814 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10815 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10816 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10818 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10820 (autoload 'find-function-other-window
"find-func" "\
10821 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10823 See `find-function' for more details.
10825 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10827 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame
"find-func" "\
10828 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10830 See `find-function' for more details.
10832 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10834 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect
"find-func" "\
10835 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10837 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10838 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10839 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10841 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10842 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10844 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil
)
10846 (autoload 'find-variable
"find-func" "\
10847 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10849 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10850 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10851 places point before the definition.
10853 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10855 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10856 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10857 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10859 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10861 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window
"find-func" "\
10862 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10864 See `find-variable' for more details.
10866 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10868 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame
"find-func" "\
10869 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10871 See `find-variable' for more details.
10873 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10875 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect
"find-func" "\
10876 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10877 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10878 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10879 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10880 buffer nor display it.
10882 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10883 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10885 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil
)
10887 (autoload 'find-face-definition
"find-func" "\
10888 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10890 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10891 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10892 places point before the definition.
10894 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10896 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10897 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10898 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10902 (autoload 'find-function-on-key
"find-func" "\
10903 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10904 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10908 (autoload 'find-function-at-point
"find-func" "\
10909 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10913 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point
"find-func" "\
10914 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10918 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys
"find-func" "\
10919 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10925 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10926 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (20352 65510))
10927 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10929 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired
"find-lisp" "\
10930 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10932 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil
)
10934 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
"find-lisp" "\
10935 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10939 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter
"find-lisp" "\
10940 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10942 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil
)
10946 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10947 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (20352 65510))
10948 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10950 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords
"finder" "\
10951 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10955 (autoload 'finder-commentary
"finder" "\
10956 Display FILE's commentary section.
10957 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10961 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword
"finder" "\
10962 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10968 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10969 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (20352 65510))
10970 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10972 (autoload 'enable-flow-control
"flow-ctrl" "\
10973 Toggle flow control handling.
10974 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10975 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10977 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil
)
10979 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on
"flow-ctrl" "\
10980 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10981 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10982 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10983 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10984 to get the effect of a C-q.
10986 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil
)
10990 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10991 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
10992 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10994 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode
"flow-fill" "\
10997 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil
)
10999 (autoload 'fill-flowed
"flow-fill" "\
11002 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil
)
11006 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-find-file-hook flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on
11007 ;;;;;; flymake-mode) "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (20400 62402))
11008 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11010 (autoload 'flymake-mode
"flymake" "\
11011 Toggle on-the-fly syntax checking.
11012 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11013 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11014 if ARG is omitted or nil.
11016 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11018 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on
"flymake" "\
11019 Turn flymake mode on.
11023 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off
"flymake" "\
11024 Turn flymake mode off.
11028 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook
"flymake" "\
11035 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11036 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11037 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (20400 62402))
11038 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11040 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode
"flyspell" "\
11041 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11044 (defvar flyspell-mode nil
"Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11046 (autoload 'flyspell-mode
"flyspell" "\
11047 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11048 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11049 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11050 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11052 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11053 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11054 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11057 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11058 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11059 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11060 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11063 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11066 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11067 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11068 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11070 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11072 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11073 in your .emacs file.
11075 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11076 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11078 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11080 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell
"flyspell" "\
11081 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11085 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell
"flyspell" "\
11086 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11090 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off
"flyspell" "\
11091 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11095 (autoload 'flyspell-region
"flyspell" "\
11096 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11098 \(fn BEG END)" t nil
)
11100 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer
"flyspell" "\
11101 Flyspell whole buffer.
11107 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11108 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11109 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
11110 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11112 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode
"follow" "\
11113 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11117 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode
"follow" "\
11118 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11122 (autoload 'follow-mode
"follow" "\
11123 Toggle Follow mode.
11124 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11125 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11126 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11128 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11129 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11131 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11132 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11133 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11135 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11136 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11137 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11140 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11141 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11142 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11143 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11144 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11147 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11148 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11150 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11152 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11153 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11154 \(This is the default.)
11156 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11158 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11159 \\{follow-mode-map}
11161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11163 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split
"follow" "\
11164 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11166 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11167 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11168 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11169 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11170 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11171 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11173 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11174 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11175 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11177 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11178 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favorite key:
11179 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11185 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (20400
11187 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11189 (autoload 'footnote-mode
"footnote" "\
11190 Toggle Footnote mode.
11191 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11192 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11193 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11195 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11196 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11197 play around with the following keys:
11198 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11200 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11204 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11205 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (20400 62402))
11206 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11208 (autoload 'forms-mode
"forms" "\
11209 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11211 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11212 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11213 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11214 C-c < forms-first-record <
11215 C-c > forms-last-record >
11216 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11217 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11218 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11219 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11220 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11221 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11222 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11223 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11224 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11225 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11227 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil
)
11229 (autoload 'forms-find-file
"forms" "\
11230 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11234 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window
"forms" "\
11235 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11241 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11242 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
11243 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11245 (autoload 'fortran-mode
"fortran" "\
11246 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11247 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11249 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11250 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11252 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11255 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11257 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11259 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11260 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11261 `fortran-do-indent'
11262 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11263 `fortran-if-indent'
11264 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11265 `fortran-structure-indent'
11266 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11268 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11269 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11270 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11271 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11272 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11273 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11274 nil don't change the indentation
11275 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11277 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11278 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11279 depending on the continuation format in use.
11280 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11281 indentation for a line of code.
11283 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11284 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11285 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11286 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11287 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11288 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11289 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11290 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11291 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11292 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11294 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11295 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11296 statements (default nil).
11297 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11298 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11299 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11300 `fortran-continuation-string'
11301 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11302 line (default \"$\").
11303 `fortran-comment-region'
11304 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11305 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11306 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11307 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11308 as typed (default t).
11309 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11310 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11312 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11313 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11319 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11320 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (20352 65510))
11321 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11323 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune
"fortune" "\
11324 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11326 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11327 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11329 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil
)
11331 (autoload 'fortune-from-region
"fortune" "\
11332 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11334 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11335 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11337 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil
)
11339 (autoload 'fortune-compile
"fortune" "\
11340 Compile fortune file.
11342 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11343 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11345 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
11347 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature
"fortune" "\
11348 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11350 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11351 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11352 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11353 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11355 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
11357 (autoload 'fortune
"fortune" "\
11358 Display a fortune cookie.
11359 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11360 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11361 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11362 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11364 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
11368 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
11369 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
11370 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11372 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil
"\
11373 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11375 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug
"gdb-mi" t
)
11377 (autoload 'gdb
"gdb-mi" "\
11378 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11379 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11380 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11382 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11383 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11384 executable followed by command-line options. The command-line
11385 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11386 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11388 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11389 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11390 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11391 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11393 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11394 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11395 shown in some of the buffers.
11397 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11399 The following commands help control operation :
11401 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11402 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11404 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11405 detailed description of this mode.
11408 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11410 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11411 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11415 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11416 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11417 | | (comint-mode) |
11424 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11425 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11426 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11427 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11428 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11429 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11431 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
11435 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11436 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (20400
11438 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11440 (defvar generic-mode-list nil
"\
11441 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11442 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11443 instead (which see).")
11445 (autoload 'define-generic-mode
"generic" "\
11446 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11448 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11449 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11450 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11451 documentation string instead.
11453 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11454 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11455 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11456 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11457 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11458 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11459 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11460 enders are actually possible.
11462 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11463 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11465 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11466 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11467 `font-lock-keywords'.
11469 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11470 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11471 runs the macro expansion.
11473 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11474 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11475 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11477 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11479 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil
(quote macro
))
11481 (put 'define-generic-mode
'lisp-indent-function
'1)
11483 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal
"generic" "\
11484 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11486 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil
)
11488 (autoload 'generic-mode
"generic" "\
11489 Enter generic mode MODE.
11491 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11492 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11493 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11495 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11496 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11500 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list
"generic" "\
11501 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11502 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11503 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11504 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11505 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11506 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11507 `font-lock-keywords'.
11509 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil
)
11513 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11514 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
11515 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11517 (autoload 'glasses-mode
"glasses" "\
11518 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11519 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11520 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11521 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11522 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11524 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11528 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11529 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11530 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
11531 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11533 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat
"gmm-utils" "\
11534 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11535 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11537 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil
)
11539 (autoload 'gmm-message
"gmm-utils" "\
11540 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11542 Guideline for numbers:
11544 3 - non-serious error messages
11545 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11546 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11547 9 - messages inside loops.
11549 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
11551 (autoload 'gmm-error
"gmm-utils" "\
11552 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11553 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11555 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
11557 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p
"gmm-utils" "\
11558 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11560 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
11562 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list
"gmm-utils" "\
11563 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11565 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11566 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11567 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11568 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11569 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11570 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11572 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11573 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11574 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11575 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11576 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11578 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11580 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil
)
11584 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11585 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (20370 31722))
11586 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11587 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload
)
11588 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method
"gnus"))
11590 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server
"gnus" "\
11591 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11595 (autoload 'gnus-no-server
"gnus" "\
11597 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11598 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11599 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11600 name of an NNTP server to use.
11601 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11604 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil
)
11606 (autoload 'gnus-slave
"gnus" "\
11607 Read news as a slave.
11609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11611 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame
"gnus" "\
11612 Pop up a frame to read news.
11613 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11614 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11615 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11616 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11617 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11618 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11619 current display is used.
11621 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil
)
11623 (autoload 'gnus
"gnus" "\
11625 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11626 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11627 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11629 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil
)
11633 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11634 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11635 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11636 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11637 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11638 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (20352 65510))
11639 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11641 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11642 Start Gnus unplugged.
11646 (autoload 'gnus-plugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11647 Start Gnus plugged.
11651 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11652 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11656 (autoload 'gnus-agentize
"gnus-agent" "\
11657 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11659 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11660 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11661 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11663 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11664 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11665 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11669 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc
"gnus-agent" "\
11670 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11674 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group
"gnus-agent" "\
11675 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11676 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11677 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11678 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11681 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil
)
11683 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group
"gnus-agent" "\
11684 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11685 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11686 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11687 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11690 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil
)
11692 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list
"gnus-agent" "\
11693 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11697 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
"gnus-agent" "\
11698 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11699 downloaded into the agent.
11701 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil
)
11703 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter
"gnus-agent" "\
11704 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11705 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11706 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11708 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
11710 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch
"gnus-agent" "\
11711 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11715 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch
"gnus-agent" "\
11716 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11720 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate
"gnus-agent" "\
11721 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11722 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11724 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil
)
11728 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11729 ;;;;;; (20358 29669))
11730 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11732 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display
"gnus-art" "\
11733 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11739 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11740 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (20352 65510))
11741 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11743 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11744 Set a bookmark for this article.
11748 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11749 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11751 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil
)
11753 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11754 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11755 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11756 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11757 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11763 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11764 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11765 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (20352
11767 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11769 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache
"gnus-cache" "\
11770 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11773 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11777 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active
"gnus-cache" "\
11778 Generate the cache active file.
11780 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil
)
11782 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases
"gnus-cache" "\
11783 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11787 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group
"gnus-cache" "\
11788 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11789 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11790 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11791 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11794 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil
)
11796 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group
"gnus-cache" "\
11797 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11798 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11799 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11800 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11803 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil
)
11807 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11808 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (20352 65510))
11809 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11811 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article
"gnus-delay" "\
11812 Delay this article by some time.
11813 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11815 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11816 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11818 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11819 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11821 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11822 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11824 \(fn DELAY)" t nil
)
11826 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue
"gnus-delay" "\
11827 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11831 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize
"gnus-delay" "\
11832 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11833 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11834 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11836 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11837 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11839 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil
)
11843 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11844 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (20352 65510))
11845 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11847 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d
"gnus-diary" "\
11850 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil
)
11852 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D
"gnus-diary" "\
11855 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil
)
11859 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11860 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
11861 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11863 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode
"gnus-dired" "\
11864 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11870 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11871 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
11872 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11874 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder
"gnus-draft" "\
11875 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11881 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11882 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11883 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (20352
11885 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11887 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face
"gnus-fun" "\
11888 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11892 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
"gnus-fun" "\
11893 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11897 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file
"gnus-fun" "\
11898 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11900 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11901 different input formats.
11905 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file
"gnus-fun" "\
11906 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11908 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11909 different input formats.
11913 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png
"gnus-fun" "\
11914 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11915 The PNG is returned as a string.
11917 \(fn FACE)" nil nil
)
11919 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face
"gnus-fun" "\
11920 Convert FILE to a Face.
11921 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11924 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
11928 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
11929 ;;;;;; "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (20352 65510))
11930 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
11932 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar
"gnus-gravatar" "\
11933 Display gravatar in the From header.
11934 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
11936 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
11938 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar
"gnus-gravatar" "\
11939 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
11940 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
11942 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
11946 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11947 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (20352 65510))
11948 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11950 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group
"gnus-group" "\
11951 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11952 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11953 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11955 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil
)
11957 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame
"gnus-group" "\
11958 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11960 \(fn GROUP)" t nil
)
11964 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
11965 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" (20352 65510))
11966 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
11968 (autoload 'gnus-article-html
"gnus-html" "\
11971 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil
)
11973 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images
"gnus-html" "\
11976 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil
)
11980 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11981 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
11982 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11984 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill
'gnus-batch-score
)
11986 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score
"gnus-kill" "\
11987 Run batched scoring.
11988 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11994 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11995 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11996 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
11997 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11999 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode
"gnus-ml" "\
12004 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
"gnus-ml" "\
12005 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12006 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12008 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
12010 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode
"gnus-ml" "\
12011 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12013 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12019 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12020 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12021 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
12022 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12024 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup
"gnus-mlspl" "\
12025 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12026 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12027 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12030 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12031 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12032 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12033 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12035 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12036 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12037 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12038 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12039 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12040 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12041 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12042 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12043 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12044 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12046 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil
)
12048 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update
"gnus-mlspl" "\
12049 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12050 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12053 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12054 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12056 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil
)
12058 (autoload 'gnus-group-split
"gnus-mlspl" "\
12059 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12060 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12062 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12066 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy
"gnus-mlspl" "\
12067 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12068 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12070 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12072 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12073 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12074 existing groups are considered.
12076 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12077 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12080 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12081 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12082 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12083 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12084 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12085 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12086 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12087 clauses will be generated.
12089 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12090 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12091 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12092 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12093 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12094 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12096 For example, given the following group parameters:
12099 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12100 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12102 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12103 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12104 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12105 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12107 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12109 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12111 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12113 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12114 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12117 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil
)
12121 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12122 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (20420 42151))
12123 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12125 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail
"gnus-msg" "\
12126 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12127 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12128 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12129 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12132 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil
)
12134 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto
"gnus-msg" "\
12137 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil
)
12139 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply
"gnus-msg" "\
12140 Like `message-reply'.
12142 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil
)
12144 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent
'gnus-msg-mail
'message-send-and-exit
'message-kill-buffer
'message-send-hook
)
12148 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12149 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12150 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
12151 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12153 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
12154 Display picons in the From header.
12155 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12159 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
12160 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12161 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12165 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
12166 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12167 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12173 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12174 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12175 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12176 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12177 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (20352 65510))
12178 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12180 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference
"gnus-range" "\
12181 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12182 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12183 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12185 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12187 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference
"gnus-range" "\
12188 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12189 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12192 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12194 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement
"gnus-range" "\
12195 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12196 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12198 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12200 (autoload 'gnus-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
12203 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12205 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
12206 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12207 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12209 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12211 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
12212 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12213 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12215 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil
)
12217 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection
'gnus-sorted-nintersection
)
12219 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection
"gnus-range" "\
12220 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12221 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12223 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12225 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union
"gnus-range" "\
12226 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12227 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12229 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12231 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion
"gnus-range" "\
12232 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12233 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12235 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12237 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list
"gnus-range" "\
12238 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12240 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil
)
12244 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12245 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (20352 65510))
12246 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12248 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize
"gnus-registry" "\
12249 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12253 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks
"gnus-registry" "\
12254 Install the registry hooks.
12260 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12261 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (20352
12263 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12265 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update
"gnus-sieve" "\
12266 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12267 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12268 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12269 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12270 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12274 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate
"gnus-sieve" "\
12275 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12276 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12277 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12278 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12282 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule
"gnus-sieve" "\
12289 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12290 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
12291 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12293 (autoload 'gnus-update-format
"gnus-spec" "\
12294 Update the format specification near point.
12300 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
12301 ;;;;;; (20358 29669))
12302 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12304 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend
"gnus-start" "\
12305 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12307 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil
)
12311 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
12312 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
12313 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12315 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump
"gnus-sum" "\
12316 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12317 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12319 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil
)
12323 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
12324 ;;;;;; "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (20352 65510))
12325 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12327 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize
"gnus-sync" "\
12328 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12332 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks
"gnus-sync" "\
12333 Install the sync hooks.
12339 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12340 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
12341 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12343 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration
"gnus-win" "\
12344 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12346 \(fn CONF)" nil nil
)
12350 ;;;### (autoloads (gnutls-min-prime-bits) "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el"
12351 ;;;;;; (20403 5511))
12352 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12354 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits
256 "\
12355 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12356 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12357 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12358 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12359 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12361 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12363 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits
"gnutls" t
)
12367 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (20400 62402))
12368 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12370 (autoload 'gomoku
"gomoku" "\
12371 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12373 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12374 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12375 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12377 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12378 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12379 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12381 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12382 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12384 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12385 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12387 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12389 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil
)
12393 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12394 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (20400
12396 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12398 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse
'goto-address-at-point
"22.1")
12400 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point
"goto-addr" "\
12401 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12402 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12403 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12404 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12406 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil
)
12408 (autoload 'goto-address
"goto-addr" "\
12409 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12410 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12412 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12413 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12415 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12416 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12419 (put 'goto-address
'safe-local-eval-function t
)
12421 (autoload 'goto-address-mode
"goto-addr" "\
12422 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12423 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12424 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12425 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12427 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12429 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode
"goto-addr" "\
12430 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12432 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12436 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve-synchronously gravatar-retrieve)
12437 ;;;;;; "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (20352 65510))
12438 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12440 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve
"gravatar" "\
12441 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12442 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12444 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil
)
12446 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously
"gravatar" "\
12447 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12449 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil
)
12453 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12454 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12455 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (20400 62402))
12456 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12458 (defvar grep-window-height nil
"\
12459 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12461 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height
"grep" t
)
12463 (defvar grep-command nil
"\
12464 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12465 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12466 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12467 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12469 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12470 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12471 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12473 (custom-autoload 'grep-command
"grep" nil
)
12475 (defvar grep-find-command nil
"\
12476 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12477 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12478 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12479 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12481 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command
"grep" nil
)
12483 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil
"\
12484 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12486 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook
"grep" t
)
12488 (defconst grep-regexp-alist
'(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil
(when grep-highlight-matches
(let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg
) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end
'font-lock-face
'match
))) (when mbeg
(- mbeg beg
))))) lambda nil
(when grep-highlight-matches
(let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg
) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end
'font-lock-face
'match
)) (mend (and mbeg
(next-single-property-change mbeg
'font-lock-face nil end
)))) (when mend
(- mend beg
)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil
0 1)) "\
12489 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12491 (defvar grep-program
(purecopy "grep") "\
12492 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12493 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12495 (defvar find-program
(purecopy "find") "\
12496 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12497 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12499 (defvar xargs-program
(purecopy "xargs") "\
12500 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12501 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12502 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12504 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil
"\
12505 How to invoke find and grep.
12506 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12507 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12508 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12509 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12511 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12513 (defvar grep-history nil
"\
12514 History list for grep.")
12516 (defvar grep-find-history nil
"\
12517 History list for grep-find.")
12519 (autoload 'grep-process-setup
"grep" "\
12520 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12521 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12525 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults
"grep" "\
12530 (autoload 'grep-mode
"grep" "\
12531 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12535 (autoload 'grep
"grep" "\
12536 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12537 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12538 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12539 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12541 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12542 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12544 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12545 can easily repeat a grep command.
12547 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12548 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12549 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12552 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil
)
12554 (autoload 'grep-find
"grep" "\
12555 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12556 Collect output in a buffer.
12557 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12558 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12560 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12561 easily repeat a find command.
12563 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil
)
12565 (defalias 'find-grep
'grep-find
)
12567 (autoload 'lgrep
"grep" "\
12568 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12569 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12570 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12571 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12573 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12574 before it is executed.
12575 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12577 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12578 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12579 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12581 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12583 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil
)
12585 (autoload 'rgrep
"grep" "\
12586 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12587 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12588 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12589 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12591 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12592 before it is executed.
12593 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12595 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12596 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12597 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12598 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12600 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12602 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12603 to specify a command to run.
12605 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil
)
12607 (autoload 'zrgrep
"grep" "\
12608 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12609 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12610 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12612 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil
)
12614 (defalias 'rzgrep
'zrgrep
)
12618 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (20352 65510))
12619 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12621 (autoload 'gs-load-image
"gs" "\
12622 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12623 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12624 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12625 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12627 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil
)
12631 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12632 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (20400 62402))
12633 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12635 (autoload 'gud-gdb
"gud" "\
12636 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12637 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12638 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12640 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12642 (autoload 'sdb
"gud" "\
12643 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12644 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12645 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12647 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12649 (autoload 'dbx
"gud" "\
12650 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12651 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12652 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12654 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12656 (autoload 'xdb
"gud" "\
12657 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12658 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12659 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12661 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12662 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12664 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12666 (autoload 'perldb
"gud" "\
12667 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12668 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12669 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12671 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12673 (autoload 'pdb
"gud" "\
12674 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12675 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12676 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12678 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12680 (autoload 'jdb
"gud" "\
12681 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12682 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12683 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12684 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12686 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12687 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12688 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12689 original source file access method.
12691 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12692 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12694 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12696 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode
"gud" "\
12697 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12701 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil
"\
12702 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12703 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12704 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12705 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12706 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12708 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode
"gud" nil
)
12710 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode
"gud" "\
12711 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12712 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12713 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12714 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12720 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (20352
12722 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12724 (autoload 'handwrite
"handwrite" "\
12725 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12726 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12727 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12729 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12730 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12731 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12732 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12738 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12739 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
12740 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12742 (autoload 'hanoi
"hanoi" "\
12743 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12745 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil
)
12747 (autoload 'hanoi-unix
"hanoi" "\
12748 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12749 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12750 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12752 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12756 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64
"hanoi" "\
12757 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12758 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12759 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12766 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12767 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12768 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (20400 62402))
12769 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12771 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment
"hashcash" "\
12772 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12776 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async
"hashcash" "\
12777 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12778 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12782 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment
"hashcash" "\
12783 Verify a hashcash payment
12785 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil
)
12787 (autoload 'mail-add-payment
"hashcash" "\
12788 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12789 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12790 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12791 `mail-add-payment-async').
12793 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil
)
12795 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async
"hashcash" "\
12796 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12797 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12798 Calculation is asynchronous.
12800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12802 (autoload 'mail-check-payment
"hashcash" "\
12803 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12804 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12810 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12811 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12812 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12813 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (20352 65510))
12814 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12816 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string
"help-at-pt" "\
12817 Return the help-echo string at point.
12818 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12819 property, or nil, is returned.
12820 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12821 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12822 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12824 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil
)
12826 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string
"help-at-pt" "\
12827 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12828 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12829 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12830 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12834 (autoload 'display-local-help
"help-at-pt" "\
12835 Display local help in the echo area.
12836 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12837 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12838 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12841 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12842 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12843 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12847 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer
"help-at-pt" "\
12848 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12849 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12853 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer
"help-at-pt" "\
12854 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12855 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12859 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle
'never
"\
12860 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12861 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12862 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12863 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12864 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12865 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12866 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12867 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12868 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12869 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12871 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12872 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12873 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12874 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12875 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12877 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12878 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12879 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12880 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12881 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12882 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12883 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12884 The default is `never'.")
12886 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle
"help-at-pt" nil
)
12888 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region
"help-at-pt" "\
12889 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12890 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12891 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12892 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12893 considered different regions.
12895 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12896 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12897 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12898 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12899 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12900 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12901 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12902 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12903 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12905 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil
)
12907 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region
"help-at-pt" "\
12908 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12909 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12910 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12913 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12914 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12915 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12916 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12917 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12918 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12919 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12920 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12922 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12923 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12924 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12925 rarely happens in practice.
12927 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12929 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region
"help-at-pt" "\
12930 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12931 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12932 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12933 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12934 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12940 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
12941 ;;;;;; describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
12942 ;;;;;; find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
12943 ;;;;;; "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (20352 65510))
12944 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12946 (autoload 'describe-function
"help-fns" "\
12947 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12949 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
12951 (autoload 'help-C-file-name
"help-fns" "\
12952 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12953 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12955 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil
)
12957 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name
"help-fns" "\
12958 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12959 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12960 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12961 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
12962 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
12963 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12964 search for a function definition.
12966 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12967 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12968 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12969 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12970 suitable file is found, return nil.
12972 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil
)
12974 (autoload 'describe-function-1
"help-fns" "\
12977 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil
)
12979 (autoload 'variable-at-point
"help-fns" "\
12980 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12981 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12982 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12984 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
12986 (autoload 'describe-variable
"help-fns" "\
12987 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12988 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12989 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12990 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12991 it is displayed along with the global value.
12993 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil
)
12995 (autoload 'describe-syntax
"help-fns" "\
12996 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12997 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12998 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13000 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
13002 (autoload 'describe-categories
"help-fns" "\
13003 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13004 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13005 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13006 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13008 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
13010 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man
"help-fns" "\
13011 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13015 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info
"help-fns" "\
13016 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13022 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13023 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
13024 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13026 (defvar three-step-help nil
"\
13027 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13028 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13029 window listing and describing the options.
13030 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13031 gives the window that lists the options.")
13033 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help
"help-macro" t
)
13037 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13038 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
13039 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (20352
13041 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13043 (autoload 'help-mode
"help-mode" "\
13044 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13045 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13051 (autoload 'help-mode-setup
"help-mode" "\
13056 (autoload 'help-mode-finish
"help-mode" "\
13061 (autoload 'help-setup-xref
"help-mode" "\
13062 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13064 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13065 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13066 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13067 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13069 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13070 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13071 restore it properly when going back.
13073 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil
)
13075 (autoload 'help-buffer
"help-mode" "\
13076 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13077 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13078 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13080 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13081 it does not already exist.
13085 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs
"help-mode" "\
13086 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13088 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13089 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13090 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13091 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13092 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13093 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13094 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13095 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13097 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13098 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13099 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13100 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13102 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13103 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13106 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
13108 (autoload 'help-xref-button
"help-mode" "\
13109 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13110 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13111 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13112 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13113 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13115 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
13117 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button
"help-mode" "\
13118 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13119 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13120 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13121 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13123 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
13125 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp
"help-mode" "\
13126 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13128 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil
)
13132 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13133 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (20352 65510))
13134 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13136 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings
"helper" "\
13137 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13141 (autoload 'Helper-help
"helper" "\
13142 Provide help for current mode.
13148 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13149 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (20400 62402))
13150 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13152 (autoload 'hexl-mode
"hexl" "\
13153 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13154 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13155 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13156 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13158 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13159 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13161 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13162 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13163 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13164 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13166 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13167 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13170 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13175 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13176 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13177 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13178 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13179 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13180 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13181 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13182 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13183 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13184 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13185 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13186 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13187 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13188 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13189 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13191 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13192 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13193 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13195 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13198 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13200 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13201 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13202 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13204 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13205 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13206 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13208 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13209 into the buffer at the current point.
13211 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13212 into the buffer at the current point.
13214 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13215 into the buffer at the current point.
13217 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13219 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13220 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13222 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13224 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13228 (autoload 'hexl-find-file
"hexl" "\
13229 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13230 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13231 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13233 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
13235 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer
"hexl" "\
13236 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13237 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13243 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13244 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13245 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13246 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
13247 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13249 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" "\
13250 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13251 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13252 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13253 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13255 Issuing one the highlighting commands listed below will
13256 automatically enable Hi Lock mode. To enable Hi Lock mode in all
13257 buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode' or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1)
13258 to your init file. When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp
13259 Highlighting\" submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The
13260 commands in the submenu, which can be called interactively, are:
13262 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13263 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13265 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13266 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13267 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13268 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13270 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13271 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13273 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13274 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13276 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13277 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13278 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13279 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13280 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13281 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13282 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13283 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13284 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13285 function returns t.
13287 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13288 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13290 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13291 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13294 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13295 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13296 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13297 Patterns will be read until
13299 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13303 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil
"\
13304 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13305 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13306 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13307 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13308 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13310 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" nil
)
13312 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" "\
13313 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13314 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13315 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13316 ARG is omitted or nil.
13318 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13319 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13320 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13322 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13324 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp
'hi-lock-line-face-buffer
)
13326 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
13327 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13329 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13330 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13331 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13332 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13333 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13335 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
13337 (defalias 'highlight-regexp
'hi-lock-face-buffer
)
13339 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
13340 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13342 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13343 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13344 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13345 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13346 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13348 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
13350 (defalias 'highlight-phrase
'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer
)
13352 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
13353 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13355 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13356 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13358 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
13360 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp
'hi-lock-unface-buffer
)
13362 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
13363 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13365 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13366 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13367 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13368 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13369 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13371 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil
)
13373 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns
"hi-lock" "\
13374 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13376 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13377 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13378 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13384 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13385 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
13386 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13388 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode
"hideif" "\
13389 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13390 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13391 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13392 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13394 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13395 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13396 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13397 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13400 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13401 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13404 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13405 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13406 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13407 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13408 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13411 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13412 #endif lines when hiding.
13414 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13415 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13418 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13419 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13420 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13422 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13428 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13429 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
13430 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13432 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (c++-mode
"{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil
))) "\
13433 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13434 Each element has the form
13435 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13437 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13438 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13440 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13441 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13443 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13444 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13445 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13446 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13447 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13448 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13450 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13451 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13453 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13454 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13456 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13457 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13458 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13460 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode
"hideshow" "\
13461 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13462 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13463 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13464 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13466 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13467 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13468 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13470 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13471 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13472 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13474 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13475 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13477 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13480 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13484 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow
"hideshow" "\
13485 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13491 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13492 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13493 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13494 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13495 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (20352
13497 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13499 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
13500 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13501 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13502 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13503 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13505 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13506 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13507 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles
13510 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13511 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13512 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13513 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13514 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13515 through various faces.
13516 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13517 buffer with the contents of a file
13518 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13522 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
13523 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13524 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13525 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13526 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13528 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13529 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13530 in a distinctive face.
13532 The default value can be customized with variable
13533 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13535 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13539 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight
"hilit-chg" "\
13540 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13541 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13543 \(fn BEG END)" t nil
)
13545 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change
"hilit-chg" "\
13546 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13550 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change
"hilit-chg" "\
13551 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13555 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces
"hilit-chg" "\
13556 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13558 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13559 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13560 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13561 shown in the last face in the list.
13563 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13564 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13565 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13567 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13571 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers
"hilit-chg" "\
13572 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13574 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13576 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13579 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13580 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13582 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13583 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13584 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13586 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil
)
13588 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file
"hilit-chg" "\
13589 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13591 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13592 this function is called interactively.
13594 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13595 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13596 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13598 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13599 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13600 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13602 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil
)
13604 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil
"\
13605 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13606 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13607 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13608 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13609 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13611 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" nil
)
13613 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
13614 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13615 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13616 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13617 ARG is omitted or nil.
13619 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13620 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13621 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13627 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13628 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13629 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13630 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13631 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (20352 65510))
13632 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13634 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list
'(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol
) "\
13635 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13636 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13637 or insert functions in this list.")
13639 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list
"hippie-exp" t
)
13641 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t
"\
13642 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13644 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose
"hippie-exp" t
)
13646 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil
"\
13647 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13649 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
"hippie-exp" t
)
13651 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t
"\
13652 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13654 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol
"hippie-exp" t
)
13656 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t
"\
13657 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13659 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction
"hippie-exp" t
)
13661 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil
"\
13662 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13663 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13665 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers
"hippie-exp" t
)
13667 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers
(list (purecopy "^ \\*.*\\*$") 'dired-mode
) "\
13668 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13669 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13672 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers
"hippie-exp" t
)
13674 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil
"\
13675 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13676 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13677 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13678 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13680 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers
"hippie-exp" t
)
13682 (autoload 'hippie-expand
"hippie-exp" "\
13683 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13684 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13685 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13686 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13688 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13689 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13690 undoes the expansion.
13694 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function
"hippie-exp" "\
13695 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13696 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13697 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13699 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil
(quote macro
))
13703 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13704 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
13705 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13707 (autoload 'hl-line-mode
"hl-line" "\
13708 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13709 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13710 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13711 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13713 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13714 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13715 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13716 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13717 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13718 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13720 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13721 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13722 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13723 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13727 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil
"\
13728 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13729 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13730 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13731 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13732 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13734 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode
"hl-line" nil
)
13736 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode
"hl-line" "\
13737 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13738 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13739 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13740 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13742 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13743 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13746 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13747 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13753 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13754 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13755 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13756 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13757 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (20400 62402))
13758 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13760 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays
'holiday-general-holidays
"23.1")
13762 (defvar holiday-general-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -
1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13763 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13764 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13766 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13768 (put 'holiday-general-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13770 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays
'holiday-oriental-holidays
"23.1")
13772 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13774 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13776 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13778 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13780 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays
'holiday-local-holidays
"23.1")
13782 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil
"\
13784 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13786 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13788 (put 'holiday-local-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13790 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays
'holiday-other-holidays
"23.1")
13792 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil
"\
13793 User defined holidays.
13794 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13796 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13798 (put 'holiday-other-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13800 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) year
) (calendar-increment-month m y -
1) (setq year
(calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
1 y
))))) (if (zerop (%
(1+ year
) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13801 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13803 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1
'risky-local-variable t
)
13805 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month
28 displayed-year
)))))) (if (= 6 (%
(calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year
)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13806 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13808 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2
'risky-local-variable t
)
13810 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y
1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
(calendar-last-day-of-month m y
) y
)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (%
(calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year
)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year
))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year
)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s
))) day
) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13811 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13813 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3
'risky-local-variable t
)
13815 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(let* ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -
1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
1 y
))))))) (= 21 (% year
28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13816 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13818 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4
'risky-local-variable t
)
13820 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays
'holiday-hebrew-holidays
"23.1")
13822 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13824 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13826 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13828 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13830 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays
'holiday-christian-holidays
"23.1")
13832 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13833 Christian holidays.
13834 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13836 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13838 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13840 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays
'holiday-islamic-holidays
"23.1")
13842 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13844 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13846 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13848 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13850 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays
'holiday-bahai-holidays
"23.1")
13852 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
13854 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13856 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13858 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13860 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays
'holiday-solar-holidays
"23.1")
13862 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts
(format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time
(float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name
))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends
(format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time
(float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name
))))) "\
13863 Sun-related holidays.
13864 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13866 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13868 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13870 (put 'calendar-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13872 (autoload 'holidays
"holidays" "\
13873 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13874 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13875 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13877 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13879 (autoload 'list-holidays
"holidays" "\
13880 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13881 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13882 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13883 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13885 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13886 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13888 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13889 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13891 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13892 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13893 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13894 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13897 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13899 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil
)
13901 (defalias 'holiday-list
'list-holidays
)
13905 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (20352
13907 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13909 (autoload 'html2text
"html2text" "\
13910 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13916 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
13917 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (20352 65510))
13918 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
13920 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer
"htmlfontify" "\
13921 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
13922 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
13923 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
13926 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
13927 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
13930 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
13931 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
13933 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
13934 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
13935 hyperlinks as appropriate.
13937 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil
)
13939 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir
"htmlfontify" "\
13940 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
13941 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
13943 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
13945 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil
)
13949 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13950 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (20352
13952 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13954 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column
"ibuf-macs" "\
13955 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13957 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13958 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13959 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13961 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13962 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13963 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13964 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13965 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13966 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13968 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13969 title of the column.
13971 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13972 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13973 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13974 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13975 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13977 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13979 (put 'define-ibuffer-column
'lisp-indent-function
'defun
)
13981 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter
"ibuf-macs" "\
13982 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13983 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13984 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13985 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13987 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13988 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13989 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13991 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13993 (put 'define-ibuffer-sorter
'lisp-indent-function
'1)
13995 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op
"ibuf-macs" "\
13996 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13997 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13998 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13999 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14000 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14002 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14003 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14004 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14005 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14006 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14007 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14008 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14009 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14011 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14012 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14013 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14014 buffer's modification flag.
14015 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14016 prompted before performing this operation.
14017 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14018 operation is complete, in the form:
14019 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14020 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14021 confirmation message, in the form:
14022 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14023 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14024 macro for exactly what it does.
14026 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
14028 (put 'define-ibuffer-op
'lisp-indent-function
'2)
14030 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter
"ibuf-macs" "\
14031 Define a filter named NAME.
14032 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14033 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14034 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14036 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14037 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14038 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14039 bound to the current value of the filter.
14041 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
14043 (put 'define-ibuffer-filter
'lisp-indent-function
'2)
14047 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14048 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (20400 62402))
14049 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14051 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers
"ibuffer" "\
14052 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14053 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14054 buffers which are visiting a file.
14056 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil
)
14058 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window
"ibuffer" "\
14059 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14060 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14061 buffers which are visiting a file.
14063 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil
)
14065 (autoload 'ibuffer
"ibuffer" "\
14066 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14067 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14069 All arguments are optional.
14070 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14071 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14072 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14073 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14074 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14075 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14076 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14077 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14078 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14079 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14080 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14081 that value locally in this buffer.
14083 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil
)
14087 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14088 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14089 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (20352 65510))
14090 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14092 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file
"icalendar" "\
14093 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14094 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14095 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14097 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil
)
14099 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region
"icalendar" "\
14100 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14101 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14102 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14104 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14105 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14106 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14108 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil
)
14110 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file
"icalendar" "\
14111 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14112 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14113 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14114 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14115 non-marking or not.
14117 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil
)
14119 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer
"icalendar" "\
14120 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14122 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14123 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14126 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14127 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14128 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14130 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14133 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14134 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14135 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14137 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil
)
14141 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (20352
14143 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14145 (defvar icomplete-mode nil
"\
14146 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14147 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14148 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14149 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14150 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14152 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode
"icomplete" nil
)
14154 (autoload 'icomplete-mode
"icomplete" "\
14155 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14156 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14157 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14158 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14160 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14164 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (20400 62402))
14165 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14167 (autoload 'icon-mode
"icon" "\
14168 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14169 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14170 Tab indents for Icon code.
14171 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14172 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14174 Variables controlling indentation style:
14175 icon-tab-always-indent
14176 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14177 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14179 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14180 inserted in Icon code.
14182 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14183 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14184 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14185 icon-continued-statement-offset
14186 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14187 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14188 icon-continued-brace-offset
14189 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14190 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14192 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14193 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14194 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14195 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14197 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14198 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14204 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14205 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
14206 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14208 (autoload 'idlwave-shell
"idlw-shell" "\
14209 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14210 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14211 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14213 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14214 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14217 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14218 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14220 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14221 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14222 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14224 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14226 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil
)
14230 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14231 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
14232 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14234 (autoload 'idlwave-mode
"idlwave" "\
14235 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14237 The main features of this mode are
14239 1. Indentation and Formatting
14240 --------------------------
14241 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14242 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14244 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14245 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14246 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14247 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14249 Comments are indented as follows:
14251 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14252 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14253 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14255 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14257 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14258 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14259 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14260 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14261 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14262 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14264 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14265 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14266 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14267 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14271 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14272 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14273 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14274 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14275 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14276 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14277 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14278 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14279 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14280 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14285 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14286 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14287 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14288 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14292 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14293 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14294 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14295 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14296 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14299 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14300 --------------------------------
14301 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14302 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14304 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14305 \\fu FUNCTION template
14306 \\c CASE statement template
14307 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14308 \\f FOR loop template
14309 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14310 \\w WHILE loop template
14311 \\i IF statement template
14312 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14315 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14316 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14318 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14319 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14320 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14321 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14323 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14324 -------------------------
14325 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14326 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14328 7. Automatic END completion
14329 ------------------------
14330 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14331 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14335 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14336 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14338 9. Documentation and Customization
14339 -------------------------------
14340 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14341 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14342 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14343 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14344 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14348 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14349 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14350 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14352 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14358 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14359 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14360 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14361 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14362 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14363 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14364 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14365 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (20400
14367 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14369 (defvar ido-mode nil
"\
14370 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14371 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14372 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14374 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14375 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14376 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14378 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14379 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14381 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode
"ido" nil
)
14383 (autoload 'ido-mode
"ido" "\
14384 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14385 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14386 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14387 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14388 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14389 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14390 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14391 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14395 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer
"ido" "\
14396 Switch to another buffer.
14397 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14398 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14401 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14402 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14403 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14404 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14405 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14407 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14408 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14410 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14411 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14413 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14414 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14415 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14416 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14417 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14418 in a separate window.
14419 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14420 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14421 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14422 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14423 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14424 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14425 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14426 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14427 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14431 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window
"ido" "\
14432 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14433 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14434 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14438 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer
"ido" "\
14439 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14440 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14441 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14445 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer
"ido" "\
14447 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14448 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14452 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer
"ido" "\
14453 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14454 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14455 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14459 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
"ido" "\
14460 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14461 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14462 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14466 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir
"ido" "\
14467 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14471 (autoload 'ido-find-file
"ido" "\
14472 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14473 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14474 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14475 visible in another frame.
14477 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14478 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14479 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14480 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14481 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14482 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14484 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14485 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14487 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14488 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14490 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14491 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14492 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14493 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14494 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14495 in a separate window.
14496 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14497 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14498 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14499 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14500 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14501 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14502 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14503 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14504 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14505 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14506 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14507 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14508 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14509 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14513 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window
"ido" "\
14514 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14515 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14516 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14520 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file
"ido" "\
14521 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14522 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14523 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14527 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only
"ido" "\
14528 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14529 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14530 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14534 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
"ido" "\
14535 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14536 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14537 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14541 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
"ido" "\
14542 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14543 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14544 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14548 (autoload 'ido-display-file
"ido" "\
14549 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14550 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14551 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14555 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame
"ido" "\
14556 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14557 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14558 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14562 (autoload 'ido-write-file
"ido" "\
14563 Write current buffer to a file.
14564 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14565 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14569 (autoload 'ido-insert-file
"ido" "\
14570 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14571 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14572 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14576 (autoload 'ido-dired
"ido" "\
14577 Call `dired' the ido way.
14578 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14579 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14583 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer
"ido" "\
14584 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14585 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14586 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14587 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14588 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14590 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil
)
14592 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name
"ido" "\
14593 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14594 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14595 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14597 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil
)
14599 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name
"ido" "\
14600 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14601 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14602 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14604 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil
)
14606 (autoload 'ido-completing-read
"ido" "\
14607 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14608 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14609 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14610 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14611 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14612 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14613 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14614 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14615 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14616 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14617 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14618 with point positioned at the end.
14619 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14620 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14622 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil
)
14626 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (20352 65510))
14627 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14629 (autoload 'ielm
"ielm" "\
14630 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14631 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14637 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (20352 65510))
14638 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14640 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode
'iimage-mode
"24.1")
14642 (autoload 'iimage-mode
"iimage" "\
14643 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14644 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14645 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14646 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14647 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14653 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types defimage find-image
14654 ;;;;;; remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image put-image
14655 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14656 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14657 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14658 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
14659 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14661 (autoload 'image-type-from-data
"image" "\
14662 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14663 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14666 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
14668 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer
"image" "\
14669 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14670 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14675 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header
"image" "\
14676 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14677 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14680 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
14682 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name
"image" "\
14683 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14684 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14687 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
14689 (autoload 'image-type
"image" "\
14690 Determine and return image type.
14691 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14692 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14693 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14694 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14695 use its file extension as image type.
14696 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14698 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil
)
14700 (autoload 'image-type-available-p
"image" "\
14701 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14702 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14704 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil
)
14706 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p
"image" "\
14707 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14708 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14710 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14711 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14712 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14713 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14718 (autoload 'create-image
"image" "\
14720 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14721 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14722 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14723 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14724 use its file extension as image type.
14725 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14726 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14727 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14728 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14730 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14732 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14733 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14734 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14736 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil
)
14738 (autoload 'put-image
"image" "\
14739 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14740 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14741 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14742 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14743 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14744 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14745 POS may be an integer or marker.
14746 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14747 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14748 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14749 means display it in the right marginal area.
14751 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil
)
14753 (autoload 'insert-image
"image" "\
14754 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14755 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14756 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14757 defaults to the empty string if you omit it.
14758 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14759 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14760 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14761 means display it in the right marginal area.
14762 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14763 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14764 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14765 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14766 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14768 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil
)
14770 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image
"image" "\
14771 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14772 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14773 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14774 defaulted if you omit it.
14775 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14776 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14777 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14778 means display it in the right marginal area.
14779 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14781 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil
)
14783 (autoload 'remove-images
"image" "\
14784 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14785 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14786 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14788 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil
)
14790 (autoload 'find-image
"image" "\
14791 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14793 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14795 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14796 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14797 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14798 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14799 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14800 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14801 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14802 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14805 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14807 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14809 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil
)
14811 (autoload 'defimage
"image" "\
14812 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14814 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14815 documentation string.
14817 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14818 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14819 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14820 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14821 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14822 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14823 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14828 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14829 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14831 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil
(quote macro
))
14833 (put 'defimage
'doc-string-elt
'3)
14835 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types
"image" "\
14836 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
14837 This registers the ImageMagick types listed in `imagemagick-types',
14838 excluding those listed in `imagemagick-types-inhibit'.
14840 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
14841 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
14842 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
14843 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
14845 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, do nothing.
14851 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
14852 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
14853 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
14854 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
14855 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
14856 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
14857 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
14858 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (20352 65510))
14859 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
14861 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs
"image-dired" "\
14862 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
14863 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
14864 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
14865 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
14866 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
14868 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14870 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration
"image-dired" "\
14871 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
14873 Convenience command that:
14875 - Opens dired in folder DIR
14876 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
14877 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
14879 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
14880 image files in dired and type
14881 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
14883 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
14885 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
14886 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
14888 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14890 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs
"image-dired" "\
14891 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14892 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
14893 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
14894 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
14897 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
14898 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
14899 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
14901 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
14902 instead of erasing it first.
14904 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
14905 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
14906 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
14907 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
14908 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
14909 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
14911 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil
)
14913 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
"image-dired" "\
14914 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
14915 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
14916 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
14921 (defalias 'image-dired
'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
)
14923 (defalias 'tumme
'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
)
14925 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files
"image-dired" "\
14926 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
14930 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag
"image-dired" "\
14931 Remove tag for selected file(s).
14932 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
14936 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer
"image-dired" "\
14937 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
14941 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
"image-dired" "\
14942 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
14943 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
14944 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
14948 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append
"image-dired" "\
14949 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14953 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb
"image-dired" "\
14954 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
14958 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external
"image-dired" "\
14959 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14963 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image
"image-dired" "\
14964 Display current image file.
14965 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14966 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14968 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14970 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files
"image-dired" "\
14971 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14975 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files
"image-dired" "\
14976 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14977 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14978 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14979 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
14980 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
14981 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
14985 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags
"image-dired" "\
14986 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
14987 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
14994 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14995 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14996 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (20352 65510))
14997 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14999 (defvar image-file-name-extensions
(purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15000 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15001 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15002 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15004 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15005 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15006 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15007 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15009 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions
"image-file" nil
)
15011 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil
"\
15012 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15013 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15014 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15016 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15017 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15018 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15019 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15021 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps
"image-file" nil
)
15023 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp
"image-file" "\
15024 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15028 (autoload 'insert-image-file
"image-file" "\
15029 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15030 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15031 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15033 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil
)
15035 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil
"\
15036 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15037 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15038 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15039 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15040 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15042 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode
"image-file" nil
)
15044 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode
"image-file" "\
15045 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15046 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15047 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15048 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15050 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15051 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15052 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15054 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15058 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
15059 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (20400 62402))
15060 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15062 (autoload 'image-mode
"image-mode" "\
15063 Major mode for image files.
15064 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15065 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15069 (autoload 'image-minor-mode
"image-mode" "\
15070 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15071 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15072 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15073 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15075 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15076 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15081 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text
"image-mode" "\
15082 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15083 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15084 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15085 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15086 to display an image file as the actual image.
15088 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15089 to display an image file as text initially.
15091 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15096 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump
"image-mode" "\
15099 \(fn BMK)" nil nil
)
15103 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15104 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (20400 62402))
15105 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15107 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil
"\
15108 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15110 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15112 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15113 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15116 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15118 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15119 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15120 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15122 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function
"imenu" t
)
15124 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil
"\
15125 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15127 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15128 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15129 pattern's structure.
15131 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15132 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15133 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15135 (put 'imenu-generic-expression
'risky-local-variable t
)
15137 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression
)
15139 (defvar imenu-create-index-function
'imenu-default-create-index-function
"\
15140 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15142 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15143 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15144 called within a `save-excursion'.
15146 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15148 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function
)
15150 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function
'beginning-of-defun
"\
15151 Function for finding the next index position.
15153 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15154 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15155 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15158 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15159 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15161 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function
)
15163 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil
"\
15164 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15166 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15167 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15168 It should return the name for that index item.")
15170 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function
)
15172 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil
"\
15173 Function to compare string with index item.
15175 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15176 non-nil if they match.
15178 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15179 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15180 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15181 arguments match\".")
15183 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function
)
15185 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function
'imenu-default-goto-function
"\
15186 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15187 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15189 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function
)
15190 (put 'imenu--index-alist
'risky-local-variable t
)
15192 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist
)
15194 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search
)
15196 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar
"imenu" "\
15197 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15198 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15199 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15203 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index
"imenu" "\
15204 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15206 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15210 (autoload 'imenu
"imenu" "\
15211 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15212 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15213 for more information.
15215 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil
)
15219 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15220 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15221 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (20352 65510))
15222 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15224 (autoload 'indian-compose-region
"ind-util" "\
15225 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15227 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
15229 (autoload 'indian-compose-string
"ind-util" "\
15232 \(fn STRING)" nil nil
)
15234 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion
"ind-util" "\
15237 \(fn LEN)" nil nil
)
15239 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
"ind-util" "\
15242 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil
)
15244 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region
"ind-util" "\
15245 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15247 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
15251 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15252 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15253 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (20400 62402))
15254 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15256 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp
(purecopy "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'") "\
15257 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15258 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15259 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15260 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15262 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp
"inf-lisp" t
)
15264 (defvar inferior-lisp-program
(purecopy "lisp") "\
15265 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15267 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program
"inf-lisp" t
)
15269 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command
(purecopy "(load \"%s\")\n") "\
15270 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15271 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15272 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15273 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15274 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15275 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15276 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15278 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command
"inf-lisp" t
)
15280 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt
(purecopy "^[^> \n]*>+:? *") "\
15281 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15282 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15283 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15284 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15286 This variable is only used if the variable
15287 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15289 More precise choices:
15290 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15291 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15294 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15296 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt
"inf-lisp" t
)
15298 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook
'nil
"\
15299 *Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
15301 (autoload 'inferior-lisp
"inf-lisp" "\
15302 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15303 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15305 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15306 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15307 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15308 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15312 (defalias 'run-lisp
'inferior-lisp
)
15316 ;;;### (autoloads (info-display-manual Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser
15317 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
15318 ;;;;;; Info-mode info-finder info-apropos Info-index Info-directory
15319 ;;;;;; Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15320 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (20400 62402))
15321 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15323 (autoload 'info-other-window
"info" "\
15324 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15326 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil
)
15327 (put 'info
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
15329 (autoload 'info
"info" "\
15330 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15331 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15332 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15333 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15334 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15335 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15336 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15337 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15338 with the top-level Info directory.
15340 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15341 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15342 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15343 appended to the Info buffer name.
15345 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15346 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15347 in all the directories in that path.
15349 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15351 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil
)
15353 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual
"info" "\
15354 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15358 (autoload 'info-standalone
"info" "\
15359 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15360 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15361 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15365 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer
"info" "\
15366 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15367 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15368 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15370 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil
)
15372 (autoload 'Info-directory
"info" "\
15373 Go to the Info directory node.
15377 (autoload 'Info-index
"info" "\
15378 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15379 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15380 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15381 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15382 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15384 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil
)
15386 (autoload 'info-apropos
"info" "\
15387 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15388 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15390 \(fn STRING)" t nil
)
15392 (autoload 'info-finder
"info" "\
15393 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15394 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15395 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15396 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15398 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil
)
15400 (autoload 'Info-mode
"info" "\
15401 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15402 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15403 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15404 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15406 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15407 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15409 Selecting other nodes:
15410 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15411 Follow a node reference you click on.
15412 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15413 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15414 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15415 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15416 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15417 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15418 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15419 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15420 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15421 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15422 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15423 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15424 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15425 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15426 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15427 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15428 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15429 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15430 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15431 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15433 Moving within a node:
15434 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15435 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15436 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15437 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15438 move up to the parent node.
15439 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15440 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15442 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15445 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15446 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15447 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15448 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15449 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15450 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15451 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15452 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15453 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15454 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15455 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15456 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15457 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15458 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15459 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15460 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15463 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
15465 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node
"info" "\
15466 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15467 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15468 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15469 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15470 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15472 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
15473 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
15475 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
"info" "\
15476 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15478 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15479 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15480 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15481 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15485 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser
"info" "\
15486 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15487 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15491 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump
"info" "\
15492 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15493 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15495 \(fn BMK)" nil nil
)
15497 (autoload 'info-display-manual
"info" "\
15498 Go to Info buffer that displays MANUAL, creating it if none already exists.
15500 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil
)
15504 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15505 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15506 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
15507 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15509 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset
"info-look" "\
15510 Throw away all cached data.
15511 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15512 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15516 (put 'info-lookup-symbol
'info-file
"emacs")
15518 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol
"info-look" "\
15519 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15520 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15521 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15522 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15523 one found at point.
15525 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15527 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15528 (put 'info-lookup-file
'info-file
"emacs")
15530 (autoload 'info-lookup-file
"info-look" "\
15531 Display the documentation of a file.
15532 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15533 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15534 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15535 The default file name is the one found at point.
15537 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15539 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15541 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol
"info-look" "\
15542 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15544 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15546 (autoload 'info-complete-file
"info-look" "\
15547 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15549 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15553 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-docstrings info-xref-check-all-custom
15554 ;;;;;; info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el"
15555 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
15556 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15558 (autoload 'info-xref-check
"info-xref" "\
15559 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15560 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15561 current info file is the default.
15563 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15564 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15565 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15566 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15567 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15569 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15570 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15571 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15572 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15573 mistake in the reference.
15575 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15576 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15577 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15579 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15580 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15581 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15582 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15584 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
15586 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all
"info-xref" "\
15587 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15588 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15589 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15592 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15593 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15594 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15595 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15596 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15597 should be harmless.
15601 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom
"info-xref" "\
15602 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15603 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15604 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15606 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15607 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15608 and can take a long time.
15612 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings
"info-xref" "\
15613 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15614 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15616 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15618 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15619 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15621 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15622 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15623 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15624 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15627 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15628 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15629 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15630 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15633 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil
)
15637 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15638 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (20352 65510))
15639 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15641 (autoload 'Info-tagify
"informat" "\
15642 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15644 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil
)
15646 (defvar Info-split-threshold
262144 "\
15647 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15649 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold
"informat" t
)
15651 (autoload 'Info-split
"informat" "\
15652 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15653 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15654 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15656 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15657 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15658 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15660 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15661 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15662 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15663 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15667 (autoload 'Info-validate
"informat" "\
15668 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15669 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15673 (autoload 'batch-info-validate
"informat" "\
15674 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15675 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15676 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15677 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15683 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15684 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15685 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
15686 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15688 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method
"isearch-x" "\
15689 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15693 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method
"isearch-x" "\
15694 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15698 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters
"isearch-x" "\
15701 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil
)
15705 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (20352
15707 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15709 (autoload 'isearchb-activate
"isearchb" "\
15710 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15711 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15712 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15713 accessed via isearchb.
15719 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15720 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15721 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15722 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (20352 65510))
15723 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15725 (autoload 'iso-spanish
"iso-cvt" "\
15726 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15727 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15728 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15729 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15731 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15733 (autoload 'iso-german
"iso-cvt" "\
15734 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15735 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15736 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15737 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15739 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15741 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex
"iso-cvt" "\
15742 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15743 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15744 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15745 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15747 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15749 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
15750 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15751 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15752 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15753 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15755 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15757 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
15758 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15759 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15760 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15761 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15763 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15765 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex
"iso-cvt" "\
15766 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15767 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15768 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15769 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15771 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15773 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden
"iso-cvt" "\
15774 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15775 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15776 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15777 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15779 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15781 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml
"iso-cvt" "\
15782 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15783 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15784 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15786 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15788 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
15789 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15790 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15791 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15793 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15795 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only
"iso-cvt" "\
15796 Warn that format is read-only.
15798 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil
)
15800 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only
"iso-cvt" "\
15801 Warn that format is write-only.
15803 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil
)
15805 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu
"iso-cvt" "\
15806 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15813 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
15814 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15815 (or key-translation-map
(setq key-translation-map
(make-sparse-keymap)))
15816 (define-key key-translation-map
"\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map
)
15817 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map
"iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t
'keymap
)
15821 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15822 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15823 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15824 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
15825 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (20400 62402))
15826 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15828 (put 'ispell-check-comments
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (a) (memq a
'(nil t exclusive
))))
15830 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil
"\
15831 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15832 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15833 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15834 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15836 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary
"ispell" t
)
15838 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary
'safe-local-variable
'string-or-null-p
)
15840 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil
"\
15841 Key map for ispell menu.")
15843 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil
"\
15844 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15845 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15846 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15848 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed
(and (not ispell-menu-map
) (not (featurep 'xemacs
)) 'reload
))
15850 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (setq ispell-menu-map
(make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-change-dictionary
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary
:help
,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-kill-ispell
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") ispell-kill-ispell
:enable
(and (boundp 'ispell-process
) ispell-process
(eq (ispell-process-status) 'run
)) :help
,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-pdict-save
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil
(interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t
)) :help
,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-customize
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil
(interactive) (customize-group 'ispell
)) :help
,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-help
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil
(interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help
)) :help
,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[flyspell-mode
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode
:help
,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button
(:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode
))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-complete-word
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word
:help
,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
:help
,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15852 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-continue
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue
:enable
(and (boundp 'ispell-region-end
) (marker-position ispell-region-end
) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end
) (current-buffer))) :help
,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-word
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-comments-and-strings
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15854 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-region
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region
:enable mark-active
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-message
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message
:visible
(eq major-mode
'mail-mode
) :help
,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-buffer
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer
:help
,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map
(symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map
))))
15856 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist
`((ispell-words-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line
) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \
, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \
, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \
, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \
, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15857 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15858 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15859 Valid forms include:
15860 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15861 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15862 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15863 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15865 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists
(purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end
2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end
0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" .
"\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end
0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end
2) ("program" .
"\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" .
"\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15866 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15867 First list is used raw.
15868 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15870 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15871 for skipping in latex mode.")
15873 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists
'(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
15874 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15875 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
15876 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15877 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15878 (put 'ispell-local-pdict
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
15879 (define-key esc-map
"$" 'ispell-word
)
15881 (autoload 'ispell-word
"ispell" "\
15882 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15883 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15884 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15886 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15887 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15888 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15889 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15890 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15892 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15893 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15895 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
15896 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
15898 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15899 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15901 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15902 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15905 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15906 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15907 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15908 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15909 quit spell session exited.
15911 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil
)
15913 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save
"ispell" "\
15914 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15915 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15917 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil
)
15919 (autoload 'ispell-help
"ispell" "\
15920 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15924 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15925 SPC: Accept word this time.
15926 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15927 `a': Accept word for this session.
15928 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15929 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15930 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15931 `?': Show these commands.
15932 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15933 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15934 the aborted check to be completed later.
15935 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15936 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15937 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15938 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15939 `C-l': Redraw screen.
15940 `C-r': Recursive edit.
15941 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
15945 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell
"ispell" "\
15946 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15947 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15949 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil
)
15951 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary
"ispell" "\
15952 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15953 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15954 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15956 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15958 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15960 (autoload 'ispell-region
"ispell" "\
15961 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15962 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
15963 amount for last line processed.
15965 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil
)
15967 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings
"ispell" "\
15968 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15972 (autoload 'ispell-buffer
"ispell" "\
15973 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15977 (autoload 'ispell-continue
"ispell" "\
15978 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15982 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word
"ispell" "\
15983 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15984 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15985 sequence inside of a word.
15987 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15989 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil
)
15991 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
"ispell" "\
15992 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15996 (autoload 'ispell
"ispell" "\
15997 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15998 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15999 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16001 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16002 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16003 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16004 available on the net.
16008 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode
"ispell" "\
16009 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16010 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16011 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16012 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16014 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16015 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16018 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16019 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16022 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16023 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
16027 (autoload 'ispell-message
"ispell" "\
16028 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16029 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16030 Don't check included messages.
16032 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16033 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16034 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16036 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16037 in your .emacs file:
16038 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16039 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16040 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16041 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16043 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16044 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16045 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16051 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (20400
16053 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16055 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil
"\
16056 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16057 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16058 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16059 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16060 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16062 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode
"iswitchb" nil
)
16064 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode
"iswitchb" "\
16065 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16066 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16067 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16068 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16070 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16071 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
16073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
16077 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16078 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16079 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16080 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (20352 65510))
16081 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16083 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal
"japan-util" "\
16088 (autoload 'japanese-katakana
"japan-util" "\
16089 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16090 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16091 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16092 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16093 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16094 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16095 necessary to represent OBJ.
16097 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil
)
16099 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana
"japan-util" "\
16100 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16101 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16102 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16104 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil
)
16106 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku
"japan-util" "\
16107 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16108 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16109 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16110 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16112 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil
)
16114 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku
"japan-util" "\
16115 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16116 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16117 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16119 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil
)
16121 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region
"japan-util" "\
16122 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16123 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16124 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16126 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil
)
16128 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region
"japan-util" "\
16129 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16131 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
16133 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region
"japan-util" "\
16134 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16135 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16136 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16137 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16139 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil
)
16141 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region
"japan-util" "\
16142 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16143 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16144 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16145 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16147 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil
)
16149 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string
"japan-util" "\
16150 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16151 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16153 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil
)
16157 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16158 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (20352 65510))
16159 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16161 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil
"\
16162 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16163 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16164 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16166 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler
"jka-compr" "\
16169 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
16171 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall
"jka-compr" "\
16172 Uninstall jka-compr.
16173 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16174 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16175 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16181 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (20400 62402))
16182 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16184 (autoload 'js-mode
"js" "\
16185 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16189 (defalias 'javascript-mode
'js-mode
)
16193 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16194 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16195 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
16196 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16198 (defvar keypad-setup nil
"\
16199 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16200 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16201 decimal key must be specified.")
16203 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup
"keypad" nil
)
16205 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil
"\
16206 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16207 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16208 decimal key must be specified.")
16210 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup
"keypad" nil
)
16212 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil
"\
16213 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16214 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16215 decimal key must be specified.")
16217 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup
"keypad" nil
)
16219 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil
"\
16220 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16221 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16222 decimal key must be specified.")
16224 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup
"keypad" nil
)
16226 (autoload 'keypad-setup
"keypad" "\
16227 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16228 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16229 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16230 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16234 -------------------------------------------------------------
16235 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16236 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16237 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16238 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16239 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16240 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16241 in the global and local keymaps.
16243 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16244 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16246 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil
)
16250 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16251 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
16252 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16254 (autoload 'kinsoku
"kinsoku" "\
16255 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16256 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16258 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16259 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16260 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16261 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16264 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16265 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16266 the context of text formatting.
16268 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil
)
16272 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (20352
16274 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16276 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil
"\
16277 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16278 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16279 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16280 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16281 positions that contains the current selection.")
16283 (autoload 'kkc-region
"kkc" "\
16284 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16285 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16286 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16287 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16288 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16289 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16291 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
16295 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16296 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16297 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16298 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (20400 62402))
16299 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16300 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro
)
16301 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro
)
16302 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro
)
16303 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16304 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16305 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16306 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16308 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16309 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16311 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16313 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16314 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16315 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16316 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16317 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16319 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16321 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16322 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16323 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16325 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16326 defining the macro.
16328 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16329 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16330 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16332 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16333 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16337 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16338 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16339 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16340 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16341 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16344 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16345 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16346 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16350 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16351 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16352 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16354 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16355 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16356 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16357 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16359 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16360 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16362 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16364 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16365 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16366 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16368 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16371 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16372 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16374 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16375 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16376 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16378 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16379 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16383 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16384 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16385 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16386 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16388 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16390 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16391 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16392 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16393 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16395 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16396 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16398 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16400 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16401 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16402 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16404 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16408 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16409 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (20400 62402))
16410 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16412 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16413 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16414 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16416 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16423 ;;;### (autoloads (landmark landmark-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16424 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
16425 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16427 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16429 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16430 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16434 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16435 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16436 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16437 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16439 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16440 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16441 none / 1 | yes | no
16446 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16447 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16448 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16454 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16455 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16456 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (20352 65510))
16457 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16459 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16462 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16464 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16465 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16466 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16467 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16468 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16469 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16471 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16472 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16474 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16476 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16477 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16479 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16481 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16484 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16486 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16489 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16493 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16494 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16495 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (20352 65510))
16496 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16498 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16499 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16500 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16501 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16503 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16505 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16506 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16507 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16509 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16511 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16512 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16513 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16517 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16518 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16519 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16520 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16522 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16526 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16527 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (20352 65510))
16528 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16530 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16531 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16532 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16533 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16534 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16535 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16536 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16537 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16539 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16540 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16542 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16543 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16545 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16547 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16548 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16549 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16550 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16551 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16552 `latin1-display-setup'.
16554 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16556 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16557 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16558 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16559 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16561 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16562 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16564 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16568 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16569 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
16570 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16572 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16573 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16579 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16580 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
16581 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16583 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16584 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16586 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16587 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16589 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16590 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16592 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
16593 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16594 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16595 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16596 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16597 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16598 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16599 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16600 and transmit saved text.
16603 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16604 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16608 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
16615 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (20352 65510))
16616 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16618 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16619 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16620 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16621 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16622 generations (this defaults to 1).
16624 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16628 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
16629 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (20352 65510))
16630 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16632 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
16633 Format used to display line numbers.
16634 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
16635 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
16636 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
16637 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
16639 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
16641 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16642 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16643 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16644 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16645 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16647 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16651 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16652 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16653 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16654 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16655 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16656 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16658 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16660 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16661 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16662 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16663 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16664 ARG is omitted or nil.
16666 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16667 `linum-on' would do it.
16668 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16674 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (20400
16676 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16678 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16679 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16680 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16681 is nil, raise an error.
16683 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16684 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16685 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16686 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16687 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16688 defined by the library.
16690 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16691 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16692 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16693 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16694 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16697 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16698 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16699 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16700 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16702 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16706 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16707 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (20352 65510))
16708 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16710 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16711 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16712 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16714 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16716 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16717 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16718 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16719 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16721 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16722 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16723 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16724 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16725 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16726 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16729 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16730 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16732 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16733 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16735 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16736 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16738 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16740 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16741 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16742 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16743 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16744 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16745 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16746 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16747 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16748 to constrain a big search.
16750 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16752 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16753 except that FILTER is not optional.
16755 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16759 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (20400 62402))
16760 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16762 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16763 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16764 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode'
16766 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16767 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
16768 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16769 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16770 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16772 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
16773 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16774 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16775 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16776 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16778 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16779 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16780 uses the current buffer.
16782 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16786 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (20352
16788 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16790 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16791 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16797 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (20352
16799 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16801 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16802 Toggle Long Lines mode in this buffer.
16803 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Long Lines mode if ARG is
16804 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16805 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16807 When Long Lines mode is enabled, long lines are wrapped if they
16808 extend beyond `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line
16809 wrapping will not show up when the text is yanked or saved to
16812 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are
16813 automatically wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can
16814 always call `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16816 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard
16817 newlines are indicated with a symbol.
16819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16823 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16824 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (20352
16826 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16828 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16829 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16831 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16832 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16834 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16835 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16836 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16838 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16839 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16841 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16842 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16843 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16844 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16845 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16846 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16847 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16849 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16851 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16852 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16853 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16854 switch on this list.
16855 See `lpr-command'.")
16857 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16859 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16860 Name of program for printing a file.
16862 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16863 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16864 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16865 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16866 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16867 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16870 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16872 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16873 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16874 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16875 for customization of the printer command.
16879 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16880 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16882 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16883 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16884 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16885 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16887 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16888 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16890 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16891 for further customization of the printer command.
16895 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16896 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16897 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16898 for customization of the printer command.
16900 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16902 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16903 Paginate and print the region contents.
16905 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16906 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16907 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16908 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16910 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16911 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16913 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16914 for further customization of the printer command.
16916 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16920 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16921 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
16922 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16924 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16925 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16926 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16928 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16932 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (20352
16934 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16936 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16937 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16938 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16939 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16941 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16943 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
16947 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (20400
16949 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16951 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
16952 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16958 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16959 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
16960 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16962 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
16963 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16964 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16965 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16966 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16968 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16972 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16973 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (20352 65510))
16974 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16976 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16977 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16978 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16979 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16980 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16982 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16984 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16985 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16986 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16987 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16989 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16990 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16991 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16992 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16995 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16996 use this command, and then save the file.
16998 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17000 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17001 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17002 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17003 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17004 each time the macro executes.
17005 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17006 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17007 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17008 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17009 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17010 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17011 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17015 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17016 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17017 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17018 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17020 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17021 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17022 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17025 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17026 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17028 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17029 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17030 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17031 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17032 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17034 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17037 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17038 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17039 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17041 You could enter the names in this format:
17047 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17050 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17053 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17054 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17056 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17057 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17061 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17062 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (20400 62402))
17063 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17065 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17066 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17067 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17068 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17069 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17070 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17072 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17073 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17074 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17075 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17076 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17078 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17079 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17080 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17083 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17085 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17086 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17088 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17092 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17093 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17094 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
17095 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17097 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17098 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17102 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17107 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17108 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17110 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17112 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17113 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17114 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17117 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17123 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17124 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
17125 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-dont-reply-to-names mail-use-rfc822)
17126 ;;;;;; "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (20352 65510))
17127 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17129 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17130 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17131 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17132 often correct parser.")
17134 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17136 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17137 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17138 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17139 a value which excludes your own email address.
17141 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17142 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17144 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17146 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17147 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17149 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17151 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17152 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17153 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17154 we return it unconverted.
17156 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17157 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17159 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17161 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17162 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17163 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17164 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17166 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17168 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17169 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17170 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17171 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17173 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17175 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17176 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17177 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17178 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17179 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17180 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17181 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17182 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17183 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17186 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17188 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17189 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17190 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17191 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17192 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17193 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17194 matches may be returned from the message body.
17196 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17200 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17201 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (20400
17203 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17205 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17206 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17207 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17208 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17209 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17210 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17212 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17214 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17215 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17216 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17217 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17218 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17220 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17221 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17222 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17223 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17227 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17228 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17232 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17233 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17234 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17236 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17238 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17239 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17240 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17242 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17243 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17244 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17247 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17251 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete mail-completion-at-point-function
17252 ;;;;;; define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases mail-complete-style)
17253 ;;;;;; "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (20352 65510))
17254 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17256 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17257 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17258 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17260 If `parens', they look like:
17261 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17262 If `angles', they look like:
17263 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17265 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17267 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17268 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17269 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17270 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17271 their `Resent-' variants.
17273 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17274 removed from alias expansions.
17276 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17278 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17279 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17280 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17282 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17283 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17284 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17285 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17287 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17289 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17290 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17291 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17295 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17296 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17297 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17298 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17304 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17305 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
17306 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17308 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17309 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17310 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17311 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17317 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17318 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17319 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (20400 62402))
17320 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17322 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17323 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17325 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17326 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17327 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17328 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17329 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17330 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17332 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17333 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17334 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17335 dependency, despite the colon.
17337 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17339 In the browser, use the following keys:
17341 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17343 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17345 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17346 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17348 `makefile-target-colon':
17349 The string that gets appended to all target names
17350 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17351 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17353 `makefile-macro-assign':
17354 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17355 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17356 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17357 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17358 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17359 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17361 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17362 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17363 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17365 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17366 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17368 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17369 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17370 up or down in the browser.
17372 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17373 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17375 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17376 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17378 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17379 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17380 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17381 has been selected in the browser.
17383 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17384 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17385 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17386 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17387 filenames are omitted.
17389 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17390 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17391 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17392 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17393 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17394 the backslash itself intact.
17395 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17396 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17398 `makefile-browser-hook':
17399 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17400 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17402 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17403 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17404 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17405 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17409 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17410 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17414 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17415 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17419 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17420 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17424 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17425 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17429 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17430 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17436 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (20352
17438 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17440 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17441 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17442 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17448 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
17449 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
17450 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17452 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17454 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17455 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17456 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17457 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17458 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17459 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17460 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17461 page, it will display immediately.
17463 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17464 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17465 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17470 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17471 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17472 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17473 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17477 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17478 otherwise look like a page name.
17483 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17484 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17485 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17489 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17491 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17492 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17494 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17496 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17497 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17499 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17503 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (20352 65510))
17504 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17506 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17507 Toggle Master mode.
17508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17512 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17513 using the following commands:
17515 \\{master-mode-map}
17517 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17518 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17519 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17525 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17526 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
17527 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17529 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17530 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17531 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17532 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17533 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17534 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17536 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17538 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17539 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17540 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17541 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17542 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17544 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17545 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17546 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17547 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17553 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17554 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17555 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17556 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17557 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17558 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17559 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (20352 65510))
17560 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17562 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17564 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17565 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17566 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17567 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17568 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17569 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17570 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17571 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17572 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17573 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17574 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17575 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17576 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17577 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17578 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17579 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17580 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17581 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17582 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17583 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17584 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17585 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17586 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17587 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17588 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17589 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17590 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17591 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17592 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17593 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17594 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17595 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17596 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17597 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17598 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17599 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17600 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17601 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17605 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17606 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17607 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17608 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17609 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17611 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17613 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17614 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17616 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17618 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17619 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17621 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17623 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17624 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17626 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17628 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17629 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17630 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17632 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17634 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17635 Cancel an article you posted.
17636 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17638 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17640 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17641 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17642 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17643 header line with the old Message-ID.
17647 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17648 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17652 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17653 Forward the current message via mail.
17654 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17655 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17657 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17659 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17662 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17664 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17667 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17669 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17670 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17674 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17675 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17677 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17679 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17680 Re-mail the current message.
17681 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17682 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17687 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17688 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17690 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17692 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17693 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17695 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17697 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17698 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17700 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17702 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17703 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17705 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17707 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17708 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17709 Works by overstriking characters.
17710 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17711 which specify the range to operate on.
17713 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17715 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17716 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17717 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17718 which specify the range to operate on.
17720 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17724 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17725 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
17726 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17728 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17729 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17733 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17734 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17740 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17741 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17742 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
17743 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17745 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17746 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17747 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17751 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17752 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17753 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17754 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17755 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17756 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17757 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17759 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17761 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17762 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17763 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17764 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17765 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17767 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17768 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17770 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17772 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17773 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17774 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17775 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17776 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17778 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17779 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17781 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17785 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17786 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17787 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (20352 65510))
17788 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17790 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17791 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17792 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17796 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17797 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17798 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17802 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17803 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17805 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17806 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17807 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17809 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17810 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17812 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17813 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17815 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17817 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17819 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17820 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17821 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17822 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17823 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17826 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17827 initial Subject field, respectively.
17829 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17830 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17833 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17834 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17836 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17838 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17839 Save draft and send message.
17841 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17842 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17843 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17846 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17847 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17848 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17850 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17851 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17852 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17853 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17854 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17855 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17857 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17858 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17860 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17861 message and scan line.
17863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17865 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17866 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17868 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17869 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17870 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17871 delete the draft message.
17877 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (20352 65510))
17878 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17880 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17882 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17884 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17886 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17887 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17893 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17894 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (20400 62402))
17895 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17897 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17898 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17899 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17901 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17902 the MH mail system.
17904 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17906 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17907 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17908 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17910 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17911 the MH mail system.
17913 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17915 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17916 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17918 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17919 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17920 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17923 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17924 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17925 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17928 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17932 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17933 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17934 can be used in several ways.
17936 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17937 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17938 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17939 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17943 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17944 The range must be nonempty.
17949 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17950 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17957 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17960 All of the messages.
17962 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17963 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17965 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17966 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17967 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17969 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17975 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17976 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (20352 65510))
17977 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17979 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
17980 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17981 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17982 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17983 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17984 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17985 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17986 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17987 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17988 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17989 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17993 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
17994 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17995 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17996 to its second argument TM.
17998 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18002 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18003 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (20400 62402))
18004 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18006 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18007 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18008 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18009 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18010 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18011 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18013 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18015 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18016 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18017 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18018 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18019 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18021 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18022 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18023 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18024 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18025 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18026 is modified to remove the default indication.
18028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18032 ;;;### (autoloads (list-dynamic-libraries butterfly) "misc" "misc.el"
18033 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
18034 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18036 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18037 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18038 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18039 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18040 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18041 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18042 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18043 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18044 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18048 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18049 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18050 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18051 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18052 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18053 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18054 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18055 The return value is always nil.
18057 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18061 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
18062 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
18063 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (20352 65510))
18064 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18065 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18067 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18068 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18070 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18071 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18072 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18075 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18076 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18077 end of the search space).
18079 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18080 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18081 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18082 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18083 should return the previous buffer to search.
18085 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18086 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18087 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18089 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18090 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18091 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18094 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18095 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18096 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18098 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18099 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18100 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18104 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18105 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18106 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18107 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18108 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18109 whose names match the specified regexp.
18111 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18113 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18114 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18115 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18116 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18117 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18118 whose names match the specified regexp.
18120 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18122 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18123 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18124 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18125 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18126 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18127 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18128 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18130 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18132 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18133 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18134 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18135 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18136 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18137 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18138 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18140 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18144 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18145 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
18146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18148 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18149 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18155 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-default-file-encoding) "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
18156 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
18157 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18159 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18160 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18162 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18166 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18167 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (20352 65510))
18168 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18170 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18171 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18173 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18175 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18176 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18177 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18178 the entire message.
18179 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18181 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18185 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18186 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
18187 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18189 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18190 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18191 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18192 the entire message.
18193 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18195 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18199 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18200 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (20352 65510))
18201 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18203 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18204 Insert file contents of URL.
18205 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18207 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18209 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18210 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18212 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18216 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18217 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (20352 65510))
18218 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18220 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18221 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18222 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18223 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18224 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18226 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18228 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18229 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18230 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18232 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18236 ;;;### (autoloads (mml-attach-file mml-to-mime) "mml" "gnus/mml.el"
18237 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
18238 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18240 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18241 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18245 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18246 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18247 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18248 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]'.
18250 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18251 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18252 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18253 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18254 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18255 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18257 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18261 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18262 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
18263 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18265 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18268 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18270 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18273 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18277 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18278 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18279 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (20352 65510))
18280 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18282 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18285 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18287 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18290 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18292 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18295 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18297 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18300 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18302 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18305 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18307 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18310 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18312 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18319 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (20400
18321 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18323 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18325 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18326 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18327 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18328 followed by the first character of the construct.
18330 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18331 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18332 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18333 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18334 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18335 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18336 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18337 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18338 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18339 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18340 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18341 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18342 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18345 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18346 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18347 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18353 ;;;### (autoloads (denato-region nato-region unmorse-region morse-region)
18354 ;;;;;; "morse" "play/morse.el" (20352 65510))
18355 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18357 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18358 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18360 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18362 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18363 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18365 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18367 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18368 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18370 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18372 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18373 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18375 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18379 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18380 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (20400 62402))
18381 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18383 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18384 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18386 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18387 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18388 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18390 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18391 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18392 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18394 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18395 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18397 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18398 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18399 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18400 hemisphere you're in.)
18402 To test this function, evaluate:
18403 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18405 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18407 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18408 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18410 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18411 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18413 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18414 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18415 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18417 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18418 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18420 To test this function, evaluate:
18421 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18423 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18427 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (20400
18429 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18431 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18432 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18433 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18434 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18435 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18436 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18438 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
18440 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
18441 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18442 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mouse Sel mode if ARG is
18443 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
18444 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18446 Mouse Sel mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, mouse
18447 selection is enhanced in various ways:
18449 - Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18450 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18451 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18452 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18453 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18455 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18456 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18457 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18458 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18459 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18461 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18462 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18464 - mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection to the
18465 kill ring; mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18471 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (20400 62402))
18472 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18474 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18475 Main entry point for MPC.
18481 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (20352 65510))
18482 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18484 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18485 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18491 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (20400 62402))
18492 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18494 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18495 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18496 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18497 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18498 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18499 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18501 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18503 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18505 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18506 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18507 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18509 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18510 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18512 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18516 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18517 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18518 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18519 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18520 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18521 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
18522 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18524 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18525 Display a list of all character sets.
18527 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18528 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18529 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18530 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18531 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18533 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18534 but still shows the full information.
18538 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18539 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18540 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18542 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18543 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18544 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18545 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18546 meanings of these arguments.
18548 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18550 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18551 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18553 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18555 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18556 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18558 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18560 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18561 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18563 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18565 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18566 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18568 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18569 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18571 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18572 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18573 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18574 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18575 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18576 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18577 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18578 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18579 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18580 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18581 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18582 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18583 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18584 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18585 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18586 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18590 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18591 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18595 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18596 Display a list of all coding systems.
18597 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18599 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18600 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18604 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18605 Display a list of all coding categories.
18609 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18610 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18611 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18613 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18615 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18616 Display information about FONTSET.
18617 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18619 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18621 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18622 Display a list of all fontsets.
18623 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18624 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18625 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18629 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18630 Display information about all input methods.
18634 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18635 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18637 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18638 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18639 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18640 system which uses fontsets).
18644 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18645 Show log of font listing and opening.
18646 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18647 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18649 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18653 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18654 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18655 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18656 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18657 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18658 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (20352 65510))
18659 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18661 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18662 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18663 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18665 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18667 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18669 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18670 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18672 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18673 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18675 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18676 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18678 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18680 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18681 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18682 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18683 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18684 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18685 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18686 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18688 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18689 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18690 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18691 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18692 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18693 middle of a character in STR.
18695 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18696 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18698 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18699 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18700 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18701 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18702 defaults to \"...\".
18704 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18706 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18707 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18709 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18710 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18711 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18713 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18714 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18715 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18717 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18718 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18719 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18721 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18722 longer than KEYSEQ.
18723 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18725 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18727 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18728 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18729 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18730 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18731 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18732 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18733 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18734 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18735 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18736 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18737 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18739 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18741 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18742 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18744 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18746 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18747 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18749 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18751 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18752 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18754 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18756 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18757 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18759 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18761 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18762 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18763 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18764 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18765 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18767 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18768 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18770 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18771 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18772 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18773 coding systems ordered by priority.
18775 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18777 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18778 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18779 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18780 language environment LANG-ENV.
18782 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18784 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18785 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18786 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18787 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18788 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18789 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18791 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18795 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18796 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18797 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
18798 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (20352
18800 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18802 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18803 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18807 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18808 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18812 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18813 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18817 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18818 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18822 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18823 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18827 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18828 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18830 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18832 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18834 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18835 `ping-program-options'.
18839 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18840 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18844 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18845 Run nslookup program.
18849 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18850 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18854 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18859 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18864 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18865 Finger USER on HOST.
18867 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18869 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18870 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18871 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18872 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18874 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18876 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18881 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18882 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18884 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18886 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18887 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18889 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18893 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (20352
18895 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18897 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18898 Return a user name/password pair.
18899 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
18900 listed in the PORTS list.
18902 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18906 ;;;### (autoloads (open-network-stream) "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el"
18907 ;;;;;; (20366 22869))
18908 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18910 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18911 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18912 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18913 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18914 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18917 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18919 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18920 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
18921 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
18922 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
18923 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
18924 a port number to connect to.
18926 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
18929 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
18931 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
18932 the parameters :success and :capability-command
18933 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
18934 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
18935 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
18936 an unencrypted connection.
18937 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
18938 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
18939 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
18940 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
18941 returned object is a killed process.
18942 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
18943 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
18944 `shell' -- A shell connection.
18946 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
18947 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
18948 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
18949 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
18950 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
18951 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
18952 or nil if none could be found.
18953 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
18954 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
18956 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
18958 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
18959 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
18960 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
18962 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
18963 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
18964 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
18966 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
18967 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
18968 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
18970 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
18971 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
18972 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
18973 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
18975 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
18976 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
18978 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
18979 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
18980 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
18981 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
18982 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
18983 or STARTTLS connections.
18985 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
18986 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
18988 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
18989 asynchronously, if possible.
18991 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
18993 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
18997 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18998 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18999 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
19000 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
19001 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
19002 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (20400 62402))
19003 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
19005 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
19007 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
19009 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
19011 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
19013 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
19014 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
19015 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
19016 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
19017 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
19018 Major modes should set this variable.")
19020 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
19021 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
19022 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
19023 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
19024 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
19025 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
19027 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
19028 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
19030 (defvar comment-start nil "\
19031 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
19032 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19034 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
19035 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
19036 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
19037 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
19038 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19040 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
19041 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything back to its body.")
19042 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19044 (defvar comment-end (purecopy "") "\
19045 *String to insert to end a new comment.
19046 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
19047 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19049 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
19050 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
19051 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
19052 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
19053 column indentation or nil.
19054 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19056 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19057 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19058 The function has no args.
19060 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19061 comments always start in column zero.")
19063 (defconst comment-styles '((plain nil nil nil nil "Start in column 0 (do not indent), as in Emacs-20") (indent-or-triple nil nil nil multi-char "Start in column 0, but only for single-char starters") (indent nil nil nil t "Full comment per line, ends not aligned") (aligned nil t nil t "Full comment per line, ends aligned") (box nil t t t "Full comment per line, ends aligned, + top and bottom") (extra-line t nil t t "One comment for all lines, end on a line by itself") (multi-line t nil nil t "One comment for all lines, end on last commented line") (box-multi t t t t "One comment for all lines, + top and bottom")) "\
19064 Comment region style definitions.
19065 Each style is defined with a form (STYLE . (MULTI ALIGN EXTRA INDENT DOC)).
19066 DOC should succinctly describe the style.
19067 STYLE should be a mnemonic symbol.
19068 MULTI specifies that comments are allowed to span multiple lines.
19069 e.g. in C it comments regions as
19075 if `comment-end' is empty, this has no effect.
19077 ALIGN specifies that the `comment-end' markers should be aligned.
19078 e.g. in C it comments regions as
19084 if `comment-end' is empty, this has no effect, unless EXTRA is also set,
19085 in which case the comment gets wrapped in a box.
19087 EXTRA specifies that an extra line should be used before and after the
19088 region to comment (to put the `comment-end' and `comment-start').
19089 e.g. in C it comments regions as
19097 if the comment style is not multi line, this has no effect, unless ALIGN
19098 is also set, in which case the comment gets wrapped in a box.
19100 INDENT specifies that the `comment-start' markers should not be put at the
19101 left margin but at the current indentation of the region to comment.
19102 If INDENT is `multi-char', that means indent multi-character
19103 comment starters, but not one-character comment starters.")
19105 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
19106 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19107 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19109 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
19111 (defvar comment-padding (purecopy " ") "\
19112 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19113 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19114 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19116 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19117 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19119 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
19121 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19122 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19123 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19124 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19125 customize this variable.
19127 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19128 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19130 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
19132 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
19133 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19134 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19135 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19136 the variables are properly set.
19138 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19140 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
19141 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19145 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
19146 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19147 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19149 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19151 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
19152 Set the comment column based on point.
19153 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19154 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19155 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19156 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19160 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
19161 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
19162 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19166 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19167 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19168 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19171 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19173 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
19174 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19175 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19176 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19177 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19179 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
19180 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
19181 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
19183 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
19184 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
19185 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
19186 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
19187 changed with `comment-style'.
19189 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19191 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
19192 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19193 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19194 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19196 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19198 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19199 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19200 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19201 is passed on to the respective function.
19203 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19205 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
19206 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19207 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19208 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19209 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19210 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
19211 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
19212 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19213 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19214 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19218 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19219 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19220 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19222 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
19224 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
19225 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19226 This indents the body of the continued comment
19227 under the previous comment line.
19229 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19230 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19231 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19233 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19234 or comment indentation.
19236 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19237 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19239 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19243 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
19244 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (20352 65510))
19245 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19247 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19248 Check whether newsticker is running.
19249 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19250 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19254 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19255 Start the newsticker.
19256 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19257 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19258 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19259 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19261 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19265 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19266 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
19267 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19269 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19270 Start newsticker plainview.
19276 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19277 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
19278 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19280 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19281 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19287 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19288 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (20352 65510))
19289 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19291 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19292 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19293 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19294 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19299 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19300 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19301 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19308 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19309 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
19310 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19312 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19313 Start newsticker treeview.
19319 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19320 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
19321 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19323 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19324 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19326 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19330 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (20352
19332 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19334 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19335 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19336 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19337 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19338 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19339 symbol in the alist.
19341 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19345 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19346 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
19347 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19349 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19350 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19351 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19357 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19358 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
19359 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19361 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19362 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19364 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19368 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19369 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (20400 62402))
19370 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19372 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19373 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19374 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19376 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19378 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19381 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19383 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19384 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19385 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19386 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19387 to future sessions.
19389 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19391 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19392 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19393 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19394 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19395 to future sessions.
19397 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19401 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19402 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
19403 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19405 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19406 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19408 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19409 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19410 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19416 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19417 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
19418 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19420 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19421 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19422 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19423 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19425 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19429 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (20400
19431 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19433 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19434 Major mode for editing XML.
19436 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19437 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19438 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19439 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19440 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19441 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19442 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19444 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19446 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19447 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19449 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19450 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19451 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19452 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19455 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19456 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19457 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19458 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19459 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19460 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19462 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19463 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19464 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19466 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19467 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19468 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19470 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19471 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19472 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19473 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19474 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19475 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19476 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19477 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19478 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19480 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19482 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19483 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19487 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19491 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19492 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (20352 65510))
19493 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19495 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19496 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19497 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19498 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19504 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-mark-block org-babel-previous-src-block
19505 ;;;;;; org-babel-next-src-block org-babel-goto-named-result org-babel-goto-named-src-block
19506 ;;;;;; org-babel-goto-src-block-head org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe
19507 ;;;;;; org-babel-sha1-hash org-babel-execute-subtree org-babel-execute-buffer
19508 ;;;;;; org-babel-map-executables org-babel-map-call-lines org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks
19509 ;;;;;; org-babel-map-src-blocks org-babel-open-src-block-result
19510 ;;;;;; org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code org-babel-switch-to-session
19511 ;;;;;; org-babel-initiate-session org-babel-load-in-session org-babel-insert-header-arg
19512 ;;;;;; org-babel-check-src-block org-babel-expand-src-block org-babel-execute-src-block
19513 ;;;;;; org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe org-babel-load-in-session-maybe
19514 ;;;;;; org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe org-babel-view-src-block-info
19515 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-maybe org-babel-execute-safely-maybe) "ob"
19516 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" (20420 42151))
19517 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob.el
19519 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-safely-maybe "ob" "\
19524 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-maybe "ob" "\
19529 (autoload 'org-babel-view-src-block-info "ob" "\
19530 Display information on the current source block.
19531 This includes header arguments, language and name, and is largely
19532 a window into the `org-babel-get-src-block-info' function.
19536 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe "ob" "\
19537 Conditionally expand a source block.
19538 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19539 then run `org-babel-expand-src-block'.
19543 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session-maybe "ob" "\
19544 Conditionally load a source block in a session.
19545 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19546 then run `org-babel-load-in-session'.
19550 (autoload 'org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe "ob" "\
19551 Conditionally pop to a session.
19552 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19553 then run `org-babel-pop-to-session'.
19557 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-src-block "ob" "\
19558 Execute the current source code block.
19559 Insert the results of execution into the buffer. Source code
19560 execution and the collection and formatting of results can be
19561 controlled through a variety of header arguments.
19563 With prefix argument ARG, force re-execution even if an existing
19564 result cached in the buffer would otherwise have been returned.
19566 Optionally supply a value for INFO in the form returned by
19567 `org-babel-get-src-block-info'.
19569 Optionally supply a value for PARAMS which will be merged with
19570 the header arguments specified at the front of the source code
19573 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
19575 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block "ob" "\
19576 Expand the current source code block.
19577 Expand according to the source code block's header
19578 arguments and pop open the results in a preview buffer.
19580 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
19582 (autoload 'org-babel-check-src-block "ob" "\
19583 Check for misspelled header arguments in the current code block.
19587 (autoload 'org-babel-insert-header-arg "ob" "\
19588 Insert a header argument selecting from lists of common args and values.
19592 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session "ob" "\
19593 Load the body of the current source-code block.
19594 Evaluate the header arguments for the source block before
19595 entering the session. After loading the body this pops open the
19598 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19600 (autoload 'org-babel-initiate-session "ob" "\
19601 Initiate session for current code block.
19602 If called with a prefix argument then resolve any variable
19603 references in the header arguments and assign these variables in
19604 the session. Copy the body of the code block to the kill ring.
19606 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19608 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session "ob" "\
19609 Switch to the session of the current code block.
19610 Uses `org-babel-initiate-session' to start the session. If called
19611 with a prefix argument then this is passed on to
19612 `org-babel-initiate-session'.
19614 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19616 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code "ob" "\
19617 Switch to code buffer and display session.
19619 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19621 (autoload 'org-babel-open-src-block-result "ob" "\
19622 If `point' is on a src block then open the results of the
19623 source code block, otherwise return nil. With optional prefix
19624 argument RE-RUN the source-code block is evaluated even if
19625 results already exist.
19627 \(fn &optional RE-RUN)" t nil)
19629 (autoload 'org-babel-map-src-blocks "ob" "\
19630 Evaluate BODY forms on each source-block in FILE.
19631 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19632 buffer. During evaluation of BODY the following local variables
19633 are set relative to the currently matched code block.
19635 full-block ------- string holding the entirety of the code block
19636 beg-block -------- point at the beginning of the code block
19637 end-block -------- point at the end of the matched code block
19638 lang ------------- string holding the language of the code block
19639 beg-lang --------- point at the beginning of the lang
19640 end-lang --------- point at the end of the lang
19641 switches --------- string holding the switches
19642 beg-switches ----- point at the beginning of the switches
19643 end-switches ----- point at the end of the switches
19644 header-args ------ string holding the header-args
19645 beg-header-args -- point at the beginning of the header-args
19646 end-header-args -- point at the end of the header-args
19647 body ------------- string holding the body of the code block
19648 beg-body --------- point at the beginning of the body
19649 end-body --------- point at the end of the body
19651 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19653 (put 'org-babel-map-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19655 (autoload 'org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks "ob" "\
19656 Evaluate BODY forms on each inline source-block in FILE.
19657 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19660 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19662 (put 'org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19664 (autoload 'org-babel-map-call-lines "ob" "\
19665 Evaluate BODY forms on each call line in FILE.
19666 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19669 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19671 (put 'org-babel-map-call-lines 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19673 (autoload 'org-babel-map-executables "ob" "\
19676 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19678 (put 'org-babel-map-executables 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19680 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-buffer "ob" "\
19681 Execute source code blocks in a buffer.
19682 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19683 the current buffer.
19685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19687 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-subtree "ob" "\
19688 Execute source code blocks in a subtree.
19689 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19690 the current subtree.
19692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19694 (autoload 'org-babel-sha1-hash "ob" "\
19695 Generate an sha1 hash based on the value of info.
19697 \(fn &optional INFO)" t nil)
19699 (autoload 'org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe "ob" "\
19700 Toggle visibility of result at point.
19704 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-src-block-head "ob" "\
19705 Go to the beginning of the current code block.
19709 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-src-block "ob" "\
19710 Go to a named source-code block.
19714 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-result "ob" "\
19715 Go to a named result.
19719 (autoload 'org-babel-next-src-block "ob" "\
19720 Jump to the next source block.
19721 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump forward ARG many source blocks.
19723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19725 (autoload 'org-babel-previous-src-block "ob" "\
19726 Jump to the previous source block.
19727 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump backward ARG many source blocks.
19729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19731 (autoload 'org-babel-mark-block "ob" "\
19732 Mark current src block
19738 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-describe-bindings) "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
19739 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
19740 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
19742 (autoload 'org-babel-describe-bindings "ob-keys" "\
19743 Describe all keybindings behind `org-babel-key-prefix'.
19749 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-lob-get-info org-babel-lob-execute-maybe
19750 ;;;;;; org-babel-lob-ingest) "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el" (20352 65510))
19751 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
19753 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-ingest "ob-lob" "\
19754 Add all named source-blocks defined in FILE to
19755 `org-babel-library-of-babel'.
19757 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
19759 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-execute-maybe "ob-lob" "\
19760 Execute a Library of Babel source block, if appropriate.
19761 Detect if this is context for a Library Of Babel source block and
19762 if so then run the appropriate source block from the Library.
19766 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-get-info "ob-lob" "\
19767 Return a Library of Babel function call as a string.
19773 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-tangle org-babel-tangle-file org-babel-load-file
19774 ;;;;;; org-babel-tangle-lang-exts) "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
19775 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
19776 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
19778 (defvar org-babel-tangle-lang-exts '(("emacs-lisp" . "el")) "\
19779 Alist mapping languages to their file extensions.
19780 The key is the language name, the value is the string that should
19781 be inserted as the extension commonly used to identify files
19782 written in this language. If no entry is found in this list,
19783 then the name of the language is used.")
19785 (custom-autoload 'org-babel-tangle-lang-exts "ob-tangle" t)
19787 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "ob-tangle" "\
19788 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19789 This function exports the source code using
19790 `org-babel-tangle' and then loads the resulting file using
19795 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle-file "ob-tangle" "\
19796 Extract the bodies of source code blocks in FILE.
19797 Source code blocks are extracted with `org-babel-tangle'.
19798 Optional argument TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default
19799 export file for all source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be
19800 used to limit the exported source code blocks by language.
19802 \(fn FILE &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19804 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle "ob-tangle" "\
19805 Write code blocks to source-specific files.
19806 Extract the bodies of all source code blocks from the current
19807 file into their own source-specific files. Optional argument
19808 TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default export file for all
19809 source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be used to limit the
19810 exported source code blocks by language.
19812 \(fn &optional ONLY-THIS-BLOCK TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19816 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19817 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
19818 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19820 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19821 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19822 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19824 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19826 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19827 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19829 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19830 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19831 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19835 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19839 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19840 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
19841 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19843 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19844 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19846 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19847 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19848 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19849 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19851 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19852 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19853 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19854 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19855 is why you need this mode!).
19857 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19858 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19859 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19861 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19866 \\{octave-mode-map}
19868 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19869 ==============================================
19871 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19872 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19873 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19875 `octave-block-offset'
19876 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19879 `octave-continuation-offset'
19880 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19883 `octave-continuation-string'
19884 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19885 Default is a backslash.
19887 `octave-send-echo-input'
19888 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19889 command to the inferior Octave process.
19891 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19892 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19893 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19895 `octave-send-echo-input'
19896 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19898 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19900 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19901 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19903 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19905 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19906 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19908 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19911 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19913 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19914 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19915 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19916 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19922 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
19923 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb
19924 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
19925 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
19926 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
19927 ;;;;;; org-mode org-version org-babel-do-load-languages) "org" "org/org.el"
19928 ;;;;;; (20420 42151))
19929 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19931 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19932 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19934 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19936 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19937 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19938 With prefix arg HERE, insert it at point.
19940 \(fn &optional HERE)" t nil)
19942 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19943 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19944 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19946 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19947 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19948 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19949 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19950 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19951 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19952 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19953 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19954 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19955 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19957 The following commands are available:
19963 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
19965 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19966 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19967 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19968 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19970 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19972 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19973 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19974 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19975 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19976 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19977 defined by Org-mode).
19979 M-up Move entry/item up
19980 M-down Move entry/item down
19983 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19984 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19985 M-S-left Promote subtree
19986 M-S-right Demote subtree
19987 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19989 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19990 TAB Cycle item visibility
19991 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19992 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19993 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19995 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19997 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19998 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
20002 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
20003 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
20007 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
20008 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
20009 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
20010 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
20013 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
20015 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
20016 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
20017 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
20018 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
20020 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
20021 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
20022 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
20026 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
20027 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
20028 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
20032 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
20033 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
20034 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
20039 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
20040 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
20042 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
20044 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
20045 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
20047 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
20048 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
20049 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
20050 returned as a list.
20052 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
20053 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
20054 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
20055 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
20056 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
20057 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
20058 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
20059 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
20060 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
20063 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
20064 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
20065 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
20066 visited by the iteration.
20068 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
20070 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
20071 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
20072 region The entries within the active region, if any
20074 The entries within the active region, but only those at
20075 the same level than the first one.
20076 file The current buffer, without restriction
20078 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
20079 agenda All agenda files
20080 agenda-with-archives
20081 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
20083 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
20085 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
20086 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
20088 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
20089 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
20090 function or Emacs Lisp form:
20091 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
20092 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
20093 entry and search will continue from the point where the
20094 function leaves it.
20096 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
20097 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
20098 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
20099 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
20100 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
20101 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
20102 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
20103 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
20105 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
20107 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
20108 Switch between Org buffers.
20109 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
20110 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
20112 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
20113 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
20115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20117 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
20119 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
20121 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
20122 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
20123 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
20124 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
20128 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
20129 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
20131 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
20133 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
20134 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
20135 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
20139 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
20144 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
20145 Reload all org lisp files.
20146 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
20148 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
20150 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
20151 Call the customize function with org as argument.
20157 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
20158 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
20159 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
20160 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
20161 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (20404 23547))
20162 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
20164 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20165 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
20166 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
20167 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
20169 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
20170 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
20171 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
20172 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
20173 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
20174 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
20175 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
20176 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
20177 e Export views to associated files.
20178 s Search entries for keywords.
20179 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
20180 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20181 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
20182 Press several times to get the desired effect.
20183 > Remove a previous restriction.
20184 # List \"stuck\" projects.
20185 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
20186 C Configure custom agenda commands.
20188 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
20189 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
20190 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
20192 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
20193 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
20194 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
20195 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
20198 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
20200 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20201 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20202 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20203 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20204 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20205 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20206 before running the agenda command.
20208 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20210 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
20211 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20212 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20213 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20214 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20215 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20216 before running the agenda command.
20218 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
20219 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
20221 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
20223 category The category of the item
20224 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
20225 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
20226 todo selected in TODO match
20227 tagsmatch selected in tags match
20228 diary imported from diary
20229 deadline a deadline on given date
20230 scheduled scheduled on given date
20231 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
20232 closed entry was closed on given date
20233 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
20234 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
20235 block entry has date block including g. date
20236 todo The todo keyword, if any
20237 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
20238 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
20239 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
20240 extra Sting with extra planning info
20241 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
20242 priority-n The computed numerical priority
20243 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
20245 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20247 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20250 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
20252 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20253 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
20255 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20257 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
20258 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
20259 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
20260 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
20262 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
20263 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
20264 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
20266 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
20267 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
20269 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
20271 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
20272 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
20274 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
20275 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
20276 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
20277 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
20280 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
20281 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
20282 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
20283 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
20284 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
20285 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
20287 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
20288 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
20289 including newlines.
20291 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
20292 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
20293 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
20294 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
20295 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
20296 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
20297 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
20299 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
20300 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
20301 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20302 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20304 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20305 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20306 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20307 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20308 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20309 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20310 Boolean search must match as full words.
20312 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20313 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20315 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20317 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20318 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20319 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20320 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20321 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20322 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20326 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20327 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20328 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20330 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20332 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20333 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20334 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20335 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20336 `org-stuck-projects'.
20338 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20340 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20341 Return diary information from org-files.
20342 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20343 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20344 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20345 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20346 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20348 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20350 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20352 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20353 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20357 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
20358 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
20359 So the example above may also be written as
20361 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20363 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20364 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20365 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20367 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20369 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20370 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20372 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20374 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20375 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20376 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20380 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20381 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20382 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20385 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20386 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20388 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20389 for filtering entries out.
20391 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20392 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20393 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20395 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20396 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20398 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20399 (category \"Work\"))
20401 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20402 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20404 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20405 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline, :scheduled
20406 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20407 details and examples.
20409 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20413 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
20414 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
20415 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
20416 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
20418 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
20419 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
20420 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
20424 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
20425 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
20426 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
20432 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
20433 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer
20434 ;;;;;; org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer org-export-as-utf8 org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer
20435 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latin1) "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (20352
20437 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
20439 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1 "org-ascii" "\
20440 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use latin1 encoding for special symbols.
20442 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20444 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20445 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use latin1 encoding for symbols.
20447 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20449 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8 "org-ascii" "\
20450 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use encoding for special symbols.
20452 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20454 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20455 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use utf8 encoding for symbols.
20457 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20459 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20460 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
20461 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
20465 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20466 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
20467 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20468 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
20469 command to convert it.
20471 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20473 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20474 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
20475 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20476 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20477 cut-and-paste operations.
20478 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20479 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20480 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20481 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20483 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
20485 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20486 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20488 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20490 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20491 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
20492 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20493 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20494 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20495 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
20496 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20497 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20498 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20499 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20500 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20501 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20502 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20503 publishing directory.
20505 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20509 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (20352
20511 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
20513 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
20514 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
20515 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
20521 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
20522 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
20523 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
20525 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
20526 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
20532 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture-insert-template-here
20533 ;;;;;; org-capture) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (20352 65510))
20534 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20536 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20538 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20539 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20540 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20541 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20542 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20543 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20545 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20546 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20547 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20550 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20552 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template in
20553 `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection will be
20556 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20558 (autoload 'org-capture-insert-template-here "org-capture" "\
20563 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20564 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20570 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
20571 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (20377 65403))
20572 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
20574 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
20575 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
20576 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
20577 fontified, and then returned.
20579 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
20581 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
20582 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
20588 ;;;### (autoloads (org-datetree-find-date-create) "org-datetree"
20589 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (20352 65510))
20590 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
20592 (autoload 'org-datetree-find-date-create "org-datetree" "\
20593 Find or create an entry for DATE.
20594 If KEEP-RESTRICTION is non-nil, do not widen the buffer.
20595 When it is nil, the buffer will be widened to make sure an existing date
20598 \(fn DATE &optional KEEP-RESTRICTION)" nil nil)
20602 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
20603 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
20604 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
20605 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (20352 65510))
20606 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
20608 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
20609 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
20610 This function can be used in batch processing.
20615 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20616 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
20620 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
20621 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
20622 No file is created.
20626 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20627 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
20628 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20629 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20630 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
20631 then use this command to convert it.
20633 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20635 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20636 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
20637 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
20638 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20639 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
20640 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
20641 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
20642 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
20643 could call this function in the following way:
20645 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
20647 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20648 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20650 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20652 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
20653 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
20655 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20657 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
20658 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
20662 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20663 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
20664 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
20665 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
20666 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
20667 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
20668 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
20669 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
20670 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
20671 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
20672 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
20673 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20674 publishing directory.
20676 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20680 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
20681 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
20682 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
20683 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
20685 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
20686 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
20687 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
20688 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
20689 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20691 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
20692 ARG is a double universal prefix \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], that means to inverse the
20693 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20695 If `org-export-initial-scope' is set to 'subtree, try to export
20696 the current subtree, otherwise try to export the whole buffer.
20697 Pressing `1' will switch between these two options.
20699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20701 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
20702 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
20703 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
20704 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also selects the export command in
20705 the \\<org-mode-map>\\[org-export] export dispatcher.
20706 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
20707 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
20708 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
20711 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
20713 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
20714 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
20715 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
20716 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
20717 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
20719 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
20720 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
20721 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
20722 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
20724 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
20725 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
20726 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
20728 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20729 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20730 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20733 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20735 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
20736 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
20742 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
20743 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (20352
20745 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
20747 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
20748 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
20752 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
20753 Get inbox items from FEED.
20754 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
20755 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
20757 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
20759 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
20760 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
20764 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
20765 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
20771 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
20772 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (20377 65403))
20773 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
20775 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
20776 Do the right thing for footnotes.
20778 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition.
20780 When at a definition, jump to the references if they exist, offer
20781 to create them otherwise.
20783 When neither at definition or reference, create a new footnote,
20786 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
20788 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
20790 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
20791 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
20793 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
20794 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
20795 Org-mode exporters.
20797 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
20798 referenced sequence.
20800 If Org is amidst an export process, EXPORT-PROPS will hold the
20801 export properties of the buffer.
20803 When EXPORT-PROPS is non-nil, the default action is to insert
20804 normalized footnotes towards the end of the pre-processing
20805 buffer. Some exporters (docbook, odt...) expect footnote
20806 definitions to be available before any references to them. Such
20807 exporters can let bind `org-footnote-insert-pos-for-preprocessor'
20808 to symbol `point-min' to achieve the desired behaviour.
20810 Additional note on `org-footnote-insert-pos-for-preprocessor':
20811 1. This variable has not effect when FOR-PREPROCESSOR is nil.
20812 2. This variable (potentially) obviates the need for extra scan
20813 of pre-processor buffer as witnessed in
20814 `org-export-docbook-get-footnotes'.
20816 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY EXPORT-PROPS)" nil nil)
20820 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
20821 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
20822 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
20823 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (20352 65510))
20824 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
20826 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
20827 Export the current buffer as a Freemind file.
20828 If there is an active region, export only the region. HIDDEN is
20829 obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20830 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20831 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20832 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20833 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20834 buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML as a string.
20835 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20836 simply return the content of the document (all top level
20837 sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20840 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20842 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20844 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
20845 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
20847 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
20849 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
20850 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20851 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20853 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20855 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20856 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20857 All the nodes will be opened or closed in Freemind just as you
20858 have them in `org-mode'.
20860 Note that exporting to Freemind also gives you an alternative way
20861 to export from `org-mode' to html. You can create a dynamic html
20862 version of the your org file, by first exporting to Freemind and
20863 then exporting from Freemind to html. The 'As
20864 XHTML (JavaScript)' version in Freemind works very well (and you
20865 can use a CSS stylesheet to style it).
20867 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20869 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
20870 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20872 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
20874 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20875 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
20877 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
20881 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
20882 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
20883 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
20884 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (20352 65510))
20885 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
20887 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20889 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20891 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20893 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
20894 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
20895 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20896 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20897 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
20901 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
20902 Call the function `org-export-as-html'.
20903 This function can be used in batch processing as:
20905 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20906 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20907 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
20911 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
20912 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
20913 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
20917 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
20918 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
20919 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20920 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
20921 command to convert it.
20923 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20925 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
20926 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
20927 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20928 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20929 cut-and-paste operations.
20930 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20931 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20932 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20933 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20935 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
20937 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20938 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20940 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20942 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
20943 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
20944 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20945 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20946 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20947 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20948 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20949 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20950 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20951 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20952 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20953 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20954 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
20955 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
20956 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20958 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20960 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
20961 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
20962 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
20963 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
20964 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
20965 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
20966 need into your CSS file.
20968 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
20969 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
20970 that uses these same face definitions.
20976 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
20977 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
20978 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
20979 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
20981 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
20982 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20983 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20984 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20988 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20989 Export all files in the variable `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20990 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20991 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20995 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20996 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20997 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
21003 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-store-link org-id-find-id-file org-id-find
21004 ;;;;;; org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion
21005 ;;;;;; org-id-get org-id-copy org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
21006 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
21007 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
21009 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
21010 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
21011 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
21012 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
21014 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21016 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
21017 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
21018 Create an ID if necessary.
21022 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
21023 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
21024 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
21025 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
21026 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
21027 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
21028 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
21030 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
21032 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
21033 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
21034 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
21035 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
21037 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
21039 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
21041 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
21042 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
21043 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
21044 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
21046 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
21048 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
21049 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
21050 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
21054 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
21055 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
21056 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
21057 if there is no entry with that ID.
21058 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
21060 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
21062 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
21063 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
21067 (autoload 'org-id-store-link "org-id" "\
21068 Store a link to the current entry, using its ID.
21074 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
21075 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
21076 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
21078 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
21079 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
21081 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' and `wrap-prefix'
21082 properties, after each buffer modification, on the modified zone.
21084 The process is synchronous. Though, initial indentation of
21085 buffer, which can take a few seconds on large buffers, is done
21088 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21092 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
21093 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
21094 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
21096 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
21097 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
21103 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
21104 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
21105 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
21106 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
21107 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
21109 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
21110 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
21114 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
21115 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
21116 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
21120 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
21121 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
21122 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
21126 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
21127 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
21128 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
21129 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
21130 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
21131 then use this command to convert it.
21133 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21135 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
21136 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
21137 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
21138 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
21139 cut-and-paste operations.
21140 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
21141 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
21142 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
21143 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
21145 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
21147 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
21148 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
21150 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
21152 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
21153 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
21154 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
21155 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21156 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
21157 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
21158 convert them as description lists.
21159 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
21160 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
21161 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
21162 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
21163 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
21164 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
21165 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
21166 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
21167 simply return the content of \\begin{document}...\\end{document},
21168 without even the \\begin{document} and \\end{document} commands.
21169 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
21171 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
21173 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
21174 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
21176 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
21178 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
21179 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
21185 ;;;### (autoloads (org-lparse-region org-replace-region-by org-lparse-to-buffer
21186 ;;;;;; org-lparse-batch org-lparse-and-open) "org-lparse" "org/org-lparse.el"
21187 ;;;;;; (20420 42151))
21188 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-lparse.el
21190 (autoload 'org-lparse-and-open "org-lparse" "\
21191 Export outline to TARGET-BACKEND via NATIVE-BACKEND and open exported file.
21192 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
21193 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21194 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
21197 \(fn TARGET-BACKEND NATIVE-BACKEND ARG &optional FILE-OR-BUF)" nil nil)
21199 (autoload 'org-lparse-batch "org-lparse" "\
21200 Call the function `org-lparse'.
21201 This function can be used in batch processing as:
21203 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
21204 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
21205 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-lparse-batch
21207 \(fn TARGET-BACKEND &optional NATIVE-BACKEND)" nil nil)
21209 (autoload 'org-lparse-to-buffer "org-lparse" "\
21210 Call `org-lparse' with output to a temporary buffer.
21211 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to
21214 \(fn BACKEND ARG)" nil nil)
21216 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by "org-lparse" "\
21217 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
21218 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
21219 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use
21220 this command to convert it.
21222 \(fn BACKEND BEG END)" nil nil)
21224 (autoload 'org-lparse-region "org-lparse" "\
21225 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
21226 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
21227 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
21228 cut-and-paste operations.
21229 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
21230 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
21231 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
21232 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
21234 (setq html (org-lparse-region \"html\" beg end t 'string))
21236 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
21237 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
21239 \(fn BACKEND BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" nil nil)
21243 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
21244 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (20352
21246 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
21248 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
21249 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
21250 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
21251 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
21255 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
21256 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
21257 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
21258 agenda view showing the flagged items.
21262 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
21263 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
21269 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-odf-and-open org-export-as-odf org-export-odt-convert
21270 ;;;;;; org-export-as-odt org-export-as-odt-batch org-export-as-odt-and-open)
21271 ;;;;;; "org-odt" "org/org-odt.el" (20420 42151))
21272 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-odt.el
21274 (autoload 'org-export-as-odt-and-open "org-odt" "\
21275 Export the outline as ODT and immediately open it with a browser.
21276 If there is an active region, export only the region.
21277 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21278 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
21282 (autoload 'org-export-as-odt-batch "org-odt" "\
21283 Call the function `org-lparse-batch'.
21284 This function can be used in batch processing as:
21286 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
21287 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
21288 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-odt-batch
21292 (autoload 'org-export-as-odt "org-odt" "\
21293 Export the outline as a OpenDocumentText file.
21294 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
21295 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21296 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
21297 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
21298 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
21299 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
21300 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
21301 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
21302 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
21303 resulting XML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
21304 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
21305 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
21306 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
21308 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
21310 (autoload 'org-export-odt-convert "org-odt" "\
21311 Convert IN-FILE to format OUT-FMT using a command line converter.
21312 IN-FILE is the file to be converted. If unspecified, it defaults
21313 to variable `buffer-file-name'. OUT-FMT is the desired output
21314 format. Use `org-export-odt-convert-process' as the converter.
21315 If PREFIX-ARG is non-nil then the newly converted file is opened
21316 using `org-open-file'.
21318 \(fn &optional IN-FILE OUT-FMT PREFIX-ARG)" t nil)
21320 (autoload 'org-export-as-odf "org-odt" "\
21321 Export LATEX-FRAG as OpenDocument formula file ODF-FILE.
21322 Use `org-create-math-formula' to convert LATEX-FRAG first to
21323 MathML. When invoked as an interactive command, use
21324 `org-latex-regexps' to infer LATEX-FRAG from currently active
21325 region. If no LaTeX fragments are found, prompt for it. Push
21326 MathML source to kill ring, if `org-export-copy-to-kill-ring' is
21329 \(fn LATEX-FRAG &optional ODF-FILE)" t nil)
21331 (autoload 'org-export-as-odf-and-open "org-odt" "\
21332 Export LaTeX fragment as OpenDocument formula and immediately open it.
21333 Use `org-export-as-odf' to read LaTeX fragment and OpenDocument
21340 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
21341 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
21342 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
21344 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
21345 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
21346 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
21347 line directly before or after the table.
21349 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
21353 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
21354 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
21355 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
21356 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
21358 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
21360 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
21363 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21365 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
21366 Publish all projects.
21367 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
21368 directory and force publishing all files.
21370 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21372 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
21373 Publish the current file.
21374 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
21376 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21378 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
21379 Publish the project associated with the current file.
21380 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
21383 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21387 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
21388 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
21389 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (20352 65510))
21390 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
21392 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
21393 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
21397 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
21398 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
21399 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
21400 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
21401 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
21405 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
21406 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
21407 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
21408 to be run from that hook to function properly.
21410 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
21412 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
21413 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
21414 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
21415 of the remember buffer.
21417 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
21418 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
21419 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last
21420 note stored by remember.
21422 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
21423 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
21425 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
21427 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
21428 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
21429 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
21430 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
21431 `org-remember-default-headline'.
21432 \\<org-remember-mode-map>
21433 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
21434 is 1 (using C-1 \\[org-remember-finalize] to exit remember), an interactive
21435 process is used to select the target location.
21437 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-0 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
21438 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
21440 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-2 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
21441 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
21444 When \\[universal-argument] has been used as prefix argument, the
21445 note is stored and Emacs moves point to the new location of the
21446 note, so that editing can be continued there (similar to
21447 inserting \"%&\" into the template).
21449 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
21450 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
21451 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
21452 some additional data.
21454 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
21455 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
21456 \(i.e. after the stars).
21458 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
21464 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
21465 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (20404 23547))
21466 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
21468 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
21469 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
21473 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
21474 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
21476 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21478 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
21479 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
21480 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
21481 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
21482 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
21484 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
21488 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open org-export-as-taskjuggler)
21489 ;;;;;; "org-taskjuggler" "org/org-taskjuggler.el" (20352 65510))
21490 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-taskjuggler.el
21492 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler "org-taskjuggler" "\
21493 Export parts of the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file.
21494 The exporter looks for a tree with tag, property or todo that
21495 matches `org-export-taskjuggler-project-tag' and takes this as
21496 the tasks for this project. The first node of this tree defines
21497 the project properties such as project name and project period.
21498 If there is a tree with tag, property or todo that matches
21499 `org-export-taskjuggler-resource-tag' this three is taken as
21500 resources for the project. If no resources are specified, a
21501 default resource is created and allocated to the project. Also
21502 the taskjuggler project will be created with default reports as
21503 defined in `org-export-taskjuggler-default-reports'.
21507 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open "org-taskjuggler" "\
21508 Export the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file and open it
21509 with the TaskJuggler GUI.
21515 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
21516 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
21517 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
21518 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
21520 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
21521 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
21522 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
21523 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
21524 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
21525 without user interaction.
21526 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
21527 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
21528 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
21529 the region 0:00:00.
21531 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
21533 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
21534 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
21535 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
21536 a \\[universal-argument] prefix, force restarting the timer.
21537 When used with a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument], change all the timer string
21538 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
21539 that was not started at the correct moment.
21541 If NO-INSERT-P is non-nil, return the string instead of inserting
21544 \(fn &optional RESTART NO-INSERT-P)" t nil)
21546 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
21547 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
21549 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
21551 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
21552 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
21554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21556 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
21557 Prompt for a duration and set a timer.
21559 If `org-timer-default-timer' is not zero, suggest this value as
21560 the default duration for the timer. If a timer is already set,
21561 prompt the user if she wants to replace it.
21563 Called with a numeric prefix argument, use this numeric value as
21564 the duration of the timer.
21566 Called with a `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
21567 without prompting the user for a duration.
21569 With two `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
21570 without prompting the user for a duration and automatically
21571 replace any running timer.
21573 \(fn &optional OPT)" t nil)
21577 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
21578 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
21579 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
21581 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
21582 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
21583 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
21585 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21589 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
21590 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
21591 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
21592 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
21593 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
21595 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
21596 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
21597 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
21598 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
21600 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
21601 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
21602 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
21603 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
21605 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
21606 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
21607 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
21608 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
21609 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
21610 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
21612 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
21613 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
21614 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
21616 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
21617 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
21618 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
21619 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
21620 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
21621 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
21622 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
21623 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
21624 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
21625 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
21626 The subheadings remain visible.
21627 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
21629 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
21630 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
21631 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
21633 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
21634 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
21638 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
21639 Toggle Outline minor mode.
21640 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
21641 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
21642 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
21644 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
21646 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21647 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
21651 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
21652 ;;;;;; package-refresh-contents package-install-file package-install-from-buffer
21653 ;;;;;; package-install package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
21654 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
21655 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
21657 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
21658 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
21659 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
21660 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
21661 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
21663 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
21664 activate the package system at any time.")
21666 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
21668 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
21669 Install the package named NAME.
21670 NAME should be the name of one of the available packages in an
21671 archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for NAME.
21675 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
21676 Install a package from the current buffer.
21677 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
21678 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
21679 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
21681 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
21682 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
21683 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
21685 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
21687 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
21688 Install a package from a file.
21689 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
21693 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
21694 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
21695 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
21696 makes them available for download.
21700 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
21701 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
21702 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
21703 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
21705 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
21707 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
21708 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
21710 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
21712 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
21713 Display a list of packages.
21714 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
21715 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
21716 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
21718 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
21720 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
21724 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (20400 62402))
21725 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
21727 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
21728 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
21729 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
21730 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21731 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21732 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
21734 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
21736 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
21737 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
21738 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
21739 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
21740 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
21742 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
21743 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
21744 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
21746 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21750 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
21751 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
21752 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
21753 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
21755 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
21756 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
21757 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
21758 unknown are returned as nil.
21760 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21764 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (20400
21766 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
21768 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
21769 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
21770 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21772 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
21773 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
21775 Other useful functions are:
21777 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
21778 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
21779 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
21780 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
21781 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
21782 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
21783 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
21784 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
21785 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
21787 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
21789 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
21790 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
21791 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
21792 Indentation for case statements.
21793 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
21794 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
21796 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
21797 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
21798 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
21799 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
21800 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21801 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
21802 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
21803 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
21804 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
21805 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
21807 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
21808 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
21810 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
21811 no args, if that value is non-nil.
21817 ;;;### (autoloads (password-in-cache-p password-cache-expiry password-cache)
21818 ;;;;;; "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (20352 65510))
21819 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
21821 (defvar password-cache t "\
21822 Whether to cache passwords.")
21824 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
21826 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
21827 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
21828 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
21830 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
21832 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
21833 Check if KEY is in the cache.
21835 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
21839 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
21840 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
21841 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
21843 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
21844 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
21845 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
21847 UPatterns can take the following forms:
21848 _ matches anything.
21849 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
21850 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
21851 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
21852 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
21853 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
21854 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
21855 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
21856 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
21857 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
21859 QPatterns can take the following forms:
21860 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
21861 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
21862 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
21863 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
21864 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
21866 PRED can take the form
21867 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
21868 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with N+1 arguments.
21869 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
21870 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
21871 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
21872 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
21873 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
21875 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil (quote macro))
21877 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21879 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
21880 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21881 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21882 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21884 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
21886 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21888 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
21889 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21890 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21891 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21893 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
21895 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21899 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (20352
21901 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
21903 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
21904 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
21910 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
21911 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (20352 65510))
21912 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
21914 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21915 Completion for `gzip'.
21919 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21920 Completion for `bzip2'.
21924 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21925 Completion for GNU `make'.
21929 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21930 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
21934 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
21938 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
21939 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (20352 65510))
21940 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
21942 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
21943 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
21947 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21948 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
21952 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21953 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
21959 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (20352
21961 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
21963 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
21964 Completion for the `rpm' command.
21970 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
21971 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
21972 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (20400 62402))
21973 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
21975 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
21976 Completion for `cd'.
21980 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
21982 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
21983 Completion for `rmdir'.
21987 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
21988 Completion for `rm'.
21992 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
21993 Completion for `xargs'.
21997 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
21999 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
22000 Completion for `which'.
22004 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
22005 Completion for the `chown' command.
22009 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
22010 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
22014 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
22015 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
22019 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
22020 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
22021 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
22027 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
22028 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
22029 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (20400
22031 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
22033 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
22034 Support extensible programmable completion.
22035 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
22036 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
22038 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
22040 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
22041 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
22045 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
22046 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
22047 This will modify the current buffer.
22051 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
22052 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
22056 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
22057 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
22058 This will modify the current buffer.
22062 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
22063 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
22067 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
22068 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
22072 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
22073 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
22074 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
22075 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
22076 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
22078 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
22080 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
22081 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
22087 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
22088 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
22089 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" (20400 62402))
22090 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
22092 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
22093 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
22094 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
22095 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
22097 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
22099 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
22101 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
22102 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
22103 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
22104 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
22105 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
22106 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
22109 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
22111 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
22112 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
22113 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
22114 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
22115 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
22116 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
22117 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
22118 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
22120 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
22122 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
22123 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
22124 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
22125 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
22126 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
22127 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
22128 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
22131 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
22133 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
22134 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
22135 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
22136 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
22137 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
22138 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
22139 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
22141 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
22143 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
22144 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
22145 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
22147 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
22149 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
22150 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
22151 A value of nil means never do it.
22152 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
22153 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
22154 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
22156 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
22158 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
22159 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
22160 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
22164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (20400 62402))
22165 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
22167 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
22168 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
22172 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
22173 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
22174 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
22175 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22176 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22177 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22178 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22179 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22180 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22182 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
22183 Major mode for editing Perl code.
22184 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
22185 Tab indents for Perl code.
22186 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
22187 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
22188 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22190 Variables controlling indentation style:
22191 `perl-tab-always-indent'
22192 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
22193 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
22194 `perl-tab-to-comment'
22195 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
22196 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
22197 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
22199 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
22200 `perl-indent-level'
22201 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
22202 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
22203 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
22204 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
22205 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
22206 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
22207 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
22208 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
22209 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
22210 `perl-brace-offset'
22211 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
22212 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
22213 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
22214 this far to the right of the start of its line.
22215 `perl-label-offset'
22216 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
22217 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
22218 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
22220 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
22221 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
22222 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
22223 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
22224 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
22225 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
22226 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
22228 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
22234 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
22235 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
22236 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
22238 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
22239 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
22240 \\<picture-mode-map>
22241 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
22242 afterwards settable by these commands:
22244 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
22245 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
22246 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
22247 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
22249 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
22250 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
22251 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
22252 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
22254 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
22255 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
22256 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
22257 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
22259 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
22260 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
22261 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
22262 with these commands:
22264 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
22265 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
22266 Move to column following last
22267 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
22268 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
22269 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
22270 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
22271 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
22272 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
22274 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
22276 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
22277 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
22278 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
22279 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
22280 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
22281 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
22283 You can manipulate text with these commands:
22284 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
22285 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
22286 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
22287 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
22288 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
22289 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
22291 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
22292 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
22293 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
22294 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
22295 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
22296 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
22297 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
22298 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
22300 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
22301 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
22302 by supplying an argument.
22304 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
22306 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
22307 they are not by default assigned to keys.
22311 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
22315 ;;;### (autoloads (plstore-open) "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (20400
22317 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
22319 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
22320 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
22322 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
22326 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
22327 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
22328 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
22330 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
22331 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
22332 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
22334 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
22338 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (20352 65510))
22339 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
22341 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
22342 Play pong and waste time.
22343 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
22344 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
22346 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
22354 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (20352 65510))
22355 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
22357 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
22358 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
22359 Use streaming commands.
22361 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
22365 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
22366 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
22367 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
22368 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
22370 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
22371 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
22372 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
22373 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
22375 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
22377 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
22378 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
22382 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
22383 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
22384 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
22385 can handle, whenever this is possible.
22386 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
22388 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
22390 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
22391 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
22392 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
22394 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
22396 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
22397 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
22399 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
22401 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
22402 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
22403 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
22404 Ignores leading comment characters.
22408 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
22409 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
22410 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
22411 Ignores leading comment characters.
22417 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
22418 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
22419 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
22420 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
22421 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
22422 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
22423 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
22424 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
22425 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
22426 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
22427 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
22428 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
22429 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
22430 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
22431 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
22432 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
22433 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
22434 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
22435 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
22436 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
22438 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
22439 Activate the printing interface buffer.
22441 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
22443 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
22445 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22447 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
22448 Preview directory using ghostview.
22450 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22451 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22452 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22453 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22455 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22456 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22457 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22458 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22459 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22462 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22464 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22466 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22467 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
22469 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22470 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22471 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22472 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22474 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22475 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22476 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22477 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22478 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22481 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22483 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22485 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
22486 Print directory using PostScript printer.
22488 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22489 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22490 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22491 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22493 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22494 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22495 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22496 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22497 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22500 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22502 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22504 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
22505 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22507 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
22509 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22510 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22511 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22512 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22514 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22515 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22516 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22517 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22518 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22521 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22523 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22525 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
22526 Preview buffer using ghostview.
22528 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22529 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22530 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22532 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22533 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
22534 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
22535 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22537 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22539 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22540 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
22542 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22543 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22544 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22546 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22547 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22548 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22549 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22551 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22553 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
22554 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
22556 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22557 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22558 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22560 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22561 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22562 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22563 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22565 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22567 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
22568 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22570 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
22572 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22573 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22574 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22576 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22577 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22578 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22579 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22581 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22583 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
22584 Preview region using ghostview.
22586 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
22588 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22590 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22591 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
22593 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
22595 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22597 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
22598 Print region using PostScript printer.
22600 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
22602 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22604 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
22605 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22607 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
22609 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22611 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
22612 Preview major mode using ghostview.
22614 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
22616 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22618 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22619 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
22621 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
22623 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22625 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
22626 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
22628 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
22630 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22632 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
22633 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
22635 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
22637 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22639 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
22640 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
22641 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22642 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22644 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
22647 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
22648 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
22650 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22652 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
22654 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
22655 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
22656 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22657 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22661 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
22662 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
22663 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22664 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22668 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
22669 Print directory using text printer.
22671 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
22674 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
22675 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
22677 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22679 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
22681 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
22682 Print buffer using text printer.
22686 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
22687 Print region using text printer.
22691 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
22692 Print major mode using text printer.
22696 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
22697 Preview spooled PostScript.
22699 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22700 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22701 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22703 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22704 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22705 PostScript image in a file with that name.
22707 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22709 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22710 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
22712 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22713 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22714 instead of sending it to the printer.
22716 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22717 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22718 image in a file with that name.
22720 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22722 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
22723 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22725 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22726 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22727 instead of sending it to the printer.
22729 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22730 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22731 image in a file with that name.
22733 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22735 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
22736 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
22738 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22739 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22740 instead of sending it to the printer.
22742 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22743 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22744 image in a file with that name.
22746 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22748 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
22749 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
22751 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22753 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
22754 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
22756 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
22758 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22759 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
22761 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22763 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
22764 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
22766 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22768 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
22769 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
22771 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22773 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
22774 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
22776 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
22777 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22778 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
22779 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22781 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22782 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
22783 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
22784 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
22785 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
22786 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
22789 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
22791 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
22792 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
22796 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
22797 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
22799 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22801 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22806 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
22807 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
22811 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
22812 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
22816 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
22817 Toggle printing with faces.
22821 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
22826 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
22831 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
22834 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22836 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22841 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
22846 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
22847 Toggle upside-down.
22851 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
22852 Toggle line number.
22856 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
22857 Toggle zebra stripes.
22861 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
22862 Toggle printing header.
22866 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
22867 Toggle printing header frame.
22871 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
22876 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
22877 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
22881 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
22886 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
22887 Customization of the `printing' group.
22889 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22891 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
22892 Customization of the `lpr' group.
22894 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22896 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
22897 Help for the printing package.
22899 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22901 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
22902 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
22906 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
22907 Interactively select a text printer.
22911 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
22912 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
22916 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
22917 Show current ps-print settings.
22919 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22921 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
22922 Show current printing settings.
22924 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22926 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
22927 Show current lpr settings.
22929 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22931 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
22932 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
22934 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22935 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22936 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22937 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
22940 Interactively, you have the following situations:
22942 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22943 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
22944 immediately be done using the current active printer.
22946 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22947 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22948 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
22949 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
22950 current active printer.
22952 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22953 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
22954 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22957 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22958 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
22959 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
22960 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
22961 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22964 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
22965 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
22967 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
22969 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
22970 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
22971 be done using the new current active printer.
22973 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
22974 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22977 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
22978 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
22979 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
22980 instead of sending it to the printer.
22982 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
22983 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
22986 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
22989 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22992 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
22994 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
22995 Fast fire function for text printing.
22997 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22998 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22999 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
23000 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
23002 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
23003 user for a new active text printer.
23005 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
23007 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
23009 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
23010 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
23013 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
23015 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
23018 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
23022 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (20352 65510))
23023 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
23025 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
23026 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
23027 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
23028 information will be displayed but not selected.
23029 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
23031 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
23033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23037 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog mercury-mode prolog-mode) "prolog"
23038 ;;;;;; "progmodes/prolog.el" (20400 62402))
23039 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
23041 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
23042 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
23044 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
23045 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
23047 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
23049 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
23050 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
23053 \\{prolog-mode-map}
23054 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
23055 if that value is non-nil.
23059 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
23060 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
23061 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
23065 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
23066 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
23067 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
23073 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (20352
23075 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
23077 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
23078 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
23079 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
23081 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
23085 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (20400
23087 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
23089 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
23090 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
23092 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
23094 The following variables hold user options, and can
23095 be set through the `customize' command:
23097 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
23099 `ps-mode-paper-size'
23100 `ps-mode-print-function'
23102 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
23106 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
23109 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
23115 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
23116 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
23117 The keymap for this second window is:
23119 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
23122 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
23123 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
23124 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
23125 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
23126 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
23132 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
23133 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
23134 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
23135 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
23136 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
23137 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (20352
23139 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
23141 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
23142 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
23143 See `ps-paper-type'.")
23145 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
23147 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
23148 Specify the size of paper to format for.
23149 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
23150 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
23152 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
23154 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
23155 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
23159 nil Do not print colors.
23163 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
23164 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
23166 Any other value is treated as t.")
23168 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
23170 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
23171 Customization of ps-print group.
23175 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
23176 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
23178 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
23179 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
23180 sending it to the printer.
23182 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
23183 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
23184 image in a file with that name.
23186 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23188 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23189 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
23190 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23191 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
23192 so it has a way to determine color values.
23194 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23196 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
23197 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
23198 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
23200 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23202 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23203 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
23204 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23205 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
23206 so it has a way to determine color values.
23208 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23210 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
23211 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
23212 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
23213 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
23215 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23219 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23220 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
23221 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23222 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
23223 so it has a way to determine color values.
23225 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23229 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
23230 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
23231 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
23233 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23235 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23237 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23238 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
23239 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23240 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
23241 so it has a way to determine color values.
23243 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23245 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23247 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
23248 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
23250 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
23251 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
23252 instead of sending it to the printer.
23254 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
23255 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
23256 image in a file with that name.
23258 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23260 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
23261 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
23262 Done using the current ps-print setup.
23263 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
23264 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
23268 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
23269 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
23270 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
23272 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
23274 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
23275 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
23276 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
23278 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
23280 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
23281 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
23285 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
23286 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
23288 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
23289 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
23291 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
23292 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
23294 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
23296 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
23298 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
23300 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
23301 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
23303 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
23304 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
23306 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
23307 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
23309 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
23311 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
23313 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
23315 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
23316 foreground and background colors respectively.
23318 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
23319 bold - use bold font.
23320 italic - use italic font.
23321 underline - put a line under text.
23322 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
23323 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
23324 shadow - text will have a shadow.
23325 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
23326 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
23328 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
23330 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
23334 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode python-after-info-look
23335 ;;;;;; run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el" (20400 62402))
23336 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
23338 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "jython") 'jython-mode))
23340 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
23342 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
23344 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
23345 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
23346 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't
23347 show the buffer automatically.
23349 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for the initial
23350 Python command line (default is `python-command').
23352 A new process is started if one isn't running attached to
23353 `python-buffer', or if called from Lisp with non-nil arg NEW.
23354 Otherwise, if a process is already running in `python-buffer',
23355 switch to that buffer.
23357 This command runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
23358 running `comint-mode-hook'. Type \\[describe-mode] in the
23359 process buffer for a list of commands.
23361 By default, Emacs inhibits the loading of Python modules from the
23362 current working directory, for security reasons. To disable this
23363 behavior, change `python-remove-cwd-from-path' to nil.
23365 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
23367 (autoload 'python-after-info-look "python" "\
23368 Set up info-look for Python.
23369 Used with `eval-after-load'.
23373 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
23374 Major mode for editing Python files.
23375 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
23376 for correct parsing of the source.
23377 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
23378 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
23379 commands for running Python under Emacs.
23381 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
23382 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
23383 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
23384 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
23385 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
23386 \\<python-mode-map>
23387 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
23388 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
23389 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
23390 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
23391 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
23392 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
23394 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
23395 effect outside them.
23397 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
23398 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
23399 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
23400 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
23401 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
23402 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
23403 form x.y only works if the components are literal
23404 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
23405 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
23407 \\{python-mode-map}
23411 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
23412 Major mode for editing Jython files.
23413 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
23414 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
23420 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
23421 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
23422 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
23424 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
23425 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
23426 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
23429 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
23430 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
23432 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
23433 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
23434 them into characters should be done separately.
23436 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
23440 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
23441 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
23442 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
23443 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
23444 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (20400 62402))
23445 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
23447 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
23448 Return the title of the current Quail package.
23452 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
23453 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
23454 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
23456 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
23457 `quail-activate', which see.
23459 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
23461 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
23462 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
23463 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
23464 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
23465 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
23466 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
23467 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
23469 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
23470 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
23471 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
23472 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
23473 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
23475 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
23477 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
23478 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
23479 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
23480 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
23481 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
23482 list of candidates.
23484 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
23485 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
23486 command to be called.
23488 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
23489 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
23490 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
23491 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
23493 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
23494 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
23495 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
23496 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
23497 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
23500 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
23501 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
23502 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
23503 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
23505 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
23506 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
23507 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
23508 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
23510 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
23511 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
23512 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
23513 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
23514 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
23515 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
23517 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
23518 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
23519 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
23520 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
23521 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
23522 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
23524 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
23525 covers Quail translation region.
23527 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
23528 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
23529 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
23530 for it) is inserted.
23532 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
23533 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
23534 vs. corresponding command to be called.
23536 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
23537 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
23538 non-Quail commands.
23540 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
23542 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
23543 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
23545 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
23546 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
23547 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
23548 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
23549 you type is correctly handled.
23551 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
23553 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
23554 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
23556 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
23559 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
23561 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
23562 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
23563 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
23564 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
23565 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
23566 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
23567 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
23568 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
23569 for the translation.
23570 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
23572 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
23573 it is used to handle KEY.
23575 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
23576 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
23577 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
23578 the following annotation types are supported.
23580 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
23581 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
23583 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
23586 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
23587 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
23588 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
23591 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
23592 generated for the following translations.
23594 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23596 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
23597 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
23599 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
23600 which to install MAP.
23602 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
23604 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
23606 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
23607 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
23609 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
23610 which to install MAP.
23612 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
23614 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
23616 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
23617 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
23618 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
23619 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
23620 a function, or a cons.
23621 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
23622 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
23623 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
23624 for the translation.
23625 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
23626 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
23627 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
23628 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
23629 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
23631 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
23632 it is used to handle KEY.
23634 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
23635 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
23636 current Quail package.
23638 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
23639 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
23641 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
23643 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
23644 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
23646 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
23647 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
23649 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
23651 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
23652 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
23654 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
23656 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
23657 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
23658 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
23659 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
23660 of the Emacs source tree.
23662 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
23663 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
23665 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
23666 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
23669 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
23673 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
23674 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
23675 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (20400
23677 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
23679 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
23680 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
23681 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
23682 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
23684 To make use of this do something like:
23686 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
23688 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
23690 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
23691 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
23693 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
23694 buffer, this default action can be modified via
23695 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
23697 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
23699 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
23700 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
23702 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
23704 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
23705 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
23707 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
23710 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
23712 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
23713 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
23715 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
23716 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
23717 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
23719 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
23721 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
23722 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
23724 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
23726 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
23727 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
23731 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
23732 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
23734 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
23736 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
23740 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
23741 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
23747 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
23748 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (20400 62402))
23749 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
23751 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
23752 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
23754 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
23756 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
23760 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
23762 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
23765 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
23767 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
23768 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
23769 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23770 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23771 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23772 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
23774 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
23776 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
23777 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
23778 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23779 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23780 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23782 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23786 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (20352
23788 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
23790 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
23791 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
23794 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
23798 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
23799 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
23800 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
23802 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
23804 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
23805 Construct a regexp interactively.
23806 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
23807 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
23808 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
23810 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
23811 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
23817 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (20400 62402))
23818 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
23820 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
23821 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
23822 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23823 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23824 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23825 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
23827 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
23829 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
23830 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
23831 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
23832 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23833 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23835 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
23836 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
23837 were operated on recently.
23839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23843 ;;;### (autoloads (rectangle-number-lines clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle
23844 ;;;;;; string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle
23845 ;;;;;; insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle
23846 ;;;;;; delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle) "rect" "rect.el"
23847 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
23848 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
23849 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
23850 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
23851 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
23852 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
23853 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
23854 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
23855 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "N" 'rectangle-number-lines)
23857 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
23858 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
23859 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
23860 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
23863 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23864 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
23867 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23869 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23870 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23871 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23873 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23874 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23877 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
23879 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23880 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23881 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23883 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
23885 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
23886 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
23888 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23889 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
23891 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23894 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
23895 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
23896 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
23897 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
23900 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23902 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
23903 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
23907 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23908 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
23909 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
23910 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
23911 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
23912 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
23913 and point is at the lower right corner.
23915 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
23917 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
23918 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23920 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
23921 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
23923 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23924 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
23925 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
23927 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23929 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
23931 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
23932 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
23933 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
23934 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
23935 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
23937 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23938 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
23940 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23942 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
23943 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
23944 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
23946 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
23948 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23950 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
23952 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23953 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23955 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23956 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
23957 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
23959 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23961 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
23962 Blank out the region-rectangle.
23963 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
23965 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23966 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
23967 rectangle which were empty.
23969 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23971 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
23972 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
23974 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
23975 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
23976 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
23977 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
23979 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
23983 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (20352
23985 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23987 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23988 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
23989 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
23990 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23991 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23993 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
23994 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
23995 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
23998 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
24000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24004 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
24005 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (20352 65510))
24006 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
24008 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
24009 Turn on RefTeX mode.
24013 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
24014 Toggle RefTeX mode.
24015 With a prefix argument ARG, enable RefTeX mode if ARG is
24016 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24017 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24019 RefTeX mode is a buffer-local minor mode with distinct support
24020 for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
24022 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
24023 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
24025 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
24026 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
24027 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
24030 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
24031 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
24032 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
24034 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
24035 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
24036 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
24038 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
24039 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
24041 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
24042 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
24044 \\{reftex-mode-map}
24045 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
24048 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24052 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
24053 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
24054 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
24060 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
24061 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
24062 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
24064 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
24065 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
24066 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
24067 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
24068 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
24069 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
24071 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
24073 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
24075 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
24076 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
24077 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
24078 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
24079 `reftex-cite-format'.
24081 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
24082 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
24083 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
24084 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
24086 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
24090 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
24091 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
24092 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
24094 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
24095 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
24096 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
24097 the current TeX document.
24099 With no argument, this command toggles
24100 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
24101 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
24103 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24107 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
24108 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
24109 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
24111 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
24112 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
24113 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
24115 To insert new phrases, use
24116 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
24117 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
24119 To index phrases use one of:
24121 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
24122 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
24123 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
24124 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
24125 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
24127 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
24128 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
24130 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
24132 Here are all local bindings.
24134 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
24140 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
24141 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
24142 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
24144 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
24145 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
24146 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
24149 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
24153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (20400
24155 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
24156 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
24157 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
24158 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24159 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
24163 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
24164 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
24165 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
24167 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
24168 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
24169 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
24170 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
24171 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
24172 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
24174 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
24175 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
24177 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
24179 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
24180 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
24182 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
24184 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
24185 Return the depth of REGEXP.
24186 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
24187 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
24189 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
24193 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
24194 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
24195 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
24196 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
24198 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
24199 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
24200 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
24201 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
24203 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
24205 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
24207 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
24208 Call `remember' in another frame.
24210 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
24212 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
24213 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
24214 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
24219 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
24220 Extract diary entries from the region.
24226 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (20400 62402))
24227 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
24229 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
24230 Repeat most recently executed command.
24231 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
24232 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
24233 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
24235 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
24236 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
24237 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
24238 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
24240 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
24241 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
24242 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
24244 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
24248 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
24249 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
24250 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
24252 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
24253 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
24255 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
24256 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
24257 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
24258 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
24259 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
24260 and point is left after the salutation.
24262 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
24263 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
24264 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
24265 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
24266 left after that text.
24268 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
24271 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
24272 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
24273 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
24274 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
24276 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
24280 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
24281 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
24282 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
24284 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
24285 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
24286 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
24287 visibility of comments that precede it.
24288 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
24289 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
24290 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
24291 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
24292 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
24293 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
24294 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
24295 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
24297 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
24298 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
24299 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
24300 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
24301 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
24303 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24307 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
24308 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
24309 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
24311 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
24312 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
24313 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
24314 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24315 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24317 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
24318 reveals invisible text around point.
24320 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24322 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
24323 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
24324 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24325 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24326 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24327 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
24329 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
24331 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
24332 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
24333 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
24335 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
24336 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24337 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24339 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24343 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
24344 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
24345 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
24347 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
24348 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
24352 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
24353 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
24355 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
24359 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (20398 608))
24360 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
24362 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
24363 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
24364 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
24365 other arguments for `rlogin'.
24367 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
24369 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
24370 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
24371 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
24372 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
24374 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
24375 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
24377 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
24378 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
24380 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
24381 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
24384 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
24385 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
24386 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
24387 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
24388 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
24390 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
24391 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
24392 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
24393 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
24395 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
24396 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
24399 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24403 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
24404 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
24405 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
24406 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
24407 ;;;;;; rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-movemail-variant-p)
24408 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (20436 17935))
24409 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
24411 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
24412 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
24413 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
24415 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
24417 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
24418 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
24419 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
24420 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
24421 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
24422 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
24423 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
24425 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
24426 sent by you under different user names.
24427 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
24429 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
24431 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
24433 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
24435 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
24436 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
24437 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
24440 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
24442 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
24443 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
24444 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
24445 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
24446 which normally happens once for each message,
24447 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
24448 To make a change in this variable take effect
24449 for a message that you have already viewed,
24450 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
24452 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
24454 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
24455 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
24456 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
24457 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
24459 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
24461 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
24462 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
24464 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
24466 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
24467 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
24468 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
24470 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
24472 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
24473 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
24474 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
24475 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
24476 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
24477 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
24479 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
24481 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24482 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
24484 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
24486 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
24487 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
24489 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
24491 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
24492 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
24494 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
24495 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
24497 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
24499 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
24500 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
24502 This is set to nil by default.")
24504 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
24505 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
24506 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
24507 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
24508 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
24509 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
24510 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
24512 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
24513 Read and edit incoming mail.
24514 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
24515 file in RMAIL Mode.
24516 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
24518 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
24519 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
24520 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
24521 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
24523 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
24525 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
24527 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
24528 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
24529 All normal editing commands are turned off.
24530 Instead, these commands are available:
24532 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
24533 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
24534 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
24535 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
24536 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
24537 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
24538 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
24539 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
24540 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
24541 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
24542 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
24543 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
24544 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
24545 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
24546 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
24547 till a deleted message is found.
24548 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
24549 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
24550 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
24551 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
24552 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
24553 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
24554 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
24555 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
24556 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
24557 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
24558 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
24559 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
24560 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
24561 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
24562 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
24563 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
24564 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
24565 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
24566 (label defaults to last one specified).
24567 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
24568 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
24569 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
24570 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
24571 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
24572 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
24573 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
24574 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
24575 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
24579 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
24580 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
24582 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
24584 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
24585 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
24587 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
24591 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
24592 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (20352 65510))
24593 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
24594 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
24596 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
24597 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
24598 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
24599 case it writes Babyl.
24601 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
24602 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
24603 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
24604 `rmail-default-file'.
24606 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
24607 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
24608 buffer, updates it accordingly.
24610 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
24611 the header display is currently pruned.
24613 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
24614 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
24615 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
24616 messages after output.
24618 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
24619 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
24620 message (if writing a file directly).
24622 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
24623 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
24625 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
24627 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
24628 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
24629 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
24630 i) the header is output as currently seen
24631 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
24632 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
24634 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
24635 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
24636 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
24638 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
24640 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
24641 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
24642 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
24643 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
24644 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
24645 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
24646 `rmail-default-body-file'.
24648 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
24649 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
24650 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
24652 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
24656 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
24657 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
24658 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
24660 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
24661 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
24664 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
24668 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
24669 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
24670 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
24672 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
24673 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
24674 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
24675 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
24681 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
24682 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
24683 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
24685 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
24686 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
24688 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
24689 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
24690 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
24691 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
24692 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
24693 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
24694 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
24695 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
24696 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
24697 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
24699 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
24700 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
24701 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
24702 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
24703 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
24704 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
24705 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
24706 to use for finding the schema.
24708 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
24712 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (20352
24714 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
24716 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
24718 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
24719 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
24720 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
24721 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
24722 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
24723 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
24724 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
24725 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
24726 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
24727 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
24728 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
24729 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
24730 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
24731 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
24732 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
24733 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
24736 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
24740 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
24741 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (20352 65510))
24742 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
24744 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
24745 Define a robin package.
24747 NAME is the string of this robin package.
24748 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
24749 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
24750 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
24752 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
24753 one replaces the old one.
24755 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
24757 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
24758 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
24760 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
24761 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
24762 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
24764 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
24766 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
24767 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
24769 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
24773 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
24774 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (20352 65510))
24775 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
24777 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
24778 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
24780 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
24782 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
24783 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
24785 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24787 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
24788 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
24790 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24792 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
24793 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
24794 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
24796 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
24797 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
24800 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
24804 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
24805 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
24811 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
24812 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
24813 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
24814 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
24816 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
24817 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
24819 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
24820 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
24821 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
24822 decorations within the region (see full details below).
24823 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
24825 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
24826 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
24827 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
24828 font-locking of blocks.
24834 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
24835 Toggle ReST minor mode.
24836 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
24837 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24838 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24840 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
24841 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
24842 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
24844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24848 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
24849 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
24850 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
24852 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
24853 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
24854 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
24855 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
24856 nesting into account.
24858 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
24864 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
24866 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
24870 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (20352
24872 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
24874 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
24875 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
24876 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
24878 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
24879 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
24880 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
24881 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24882 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24888 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (20352
24890 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
24892 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
24893 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
24894 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
24895 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
24897 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
24899 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
24900 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
24901 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
24903 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
24904 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
24905 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
24907 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
24911 matches string STRING literally.
24914 matches character CHAR literally.
24916 `not-newline', `nonl'
24917 matches any character except a newline.
24920 matches any character
24925 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
24926 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
24927 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
24929 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
24930 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
24931 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
24932 `word', or one of their synonyms.
24934 `(not (any SET ...))'
24935 matches any character not in SET ...
24937 `line-start', `bol'
24938 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
24939 in the text being matched
24942 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
24944 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
24945 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24946 string being matched against.
24948 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
24949 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24950 string being matched against.
24953 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24954 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
24957 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24958 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
24961 matches the empty string, but only at point.
24963 `word-start', `bow'
24964 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
24967 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
24970 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
24973 `(not word-boundary)'
24974 `not-word-boundary'
24975 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
24979 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
24982 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
24984 `digit', `numeric', `num'
24985 matches 0 through 9.
24988 matches ASCII control characters.
24990 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
24991 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
24994 matches space and tab only.
24997 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
25000 `printing', `print'
25001 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
25004 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
25005 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
25006 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
25008 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
25009 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
25010 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
25013 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
25016 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
25018 `lower', `lower-case'
25019 matches anything lower-case.
25021 `upper', `upper-case'
25022 matches anything upper-case.
25024 `punctuation', `punct'
25025 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
25026 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
25028 `space', `whitespace', `white'
25029 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
25032 matches anything that has word syntax.
25035 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
25038 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
25039 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
25040 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
25042 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
25043 `punctuation' (\\s.)
25046 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
25047 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
25048 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
25049 `string-quote' (\\s\")
25050 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
25052 `character-quote' (\\s/)
25053 `comment-start' (\\s<)
25054 `comment-end' (\\s>)
25055 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
25056 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
25058 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
25059 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
25061 `(category CATEGORY)'
25062 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
25063 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
25065 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
25066 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
25067 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
25068 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
25072 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
25073 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
25074 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
25075 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
25076 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
25077 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
25078 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
25079 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
25080 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
25081 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
25082 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
25083 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
25084 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
25085 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
25094 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
25098 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
25100 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
25105 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
25106 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
25108 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25109 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25110 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25111 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25112 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
25114 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25115 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25116 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
25117 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
25119 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25120 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25121 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
25124 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25125 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25126 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
25127 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
25128 regular expression.
25130 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
25131 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
25132 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
25133 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
25134 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
25136 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
25137 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
25139 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
25140 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
25142 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
25144 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
25147 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
25148 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
25151 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
25152 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
25154 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
25156 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
25159 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
25162 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
25164 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
25165 `(optional SEXP ...)'
25167 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
25170 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
25173 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
25177 matches N occurrences.
25180 matches N or more occurrences.
25182 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
25183 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
25184 matches N to M occurrences.
25187 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
25190 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
25194 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
25196 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
25200 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (20352
25202 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
25204 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
25205 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
25206 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25207 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25208 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25209 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
25211 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
25213 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
25214 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
25215 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
25216 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25217 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25219 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
25220 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
25221 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
25222 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
25224 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
25225 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
25226 histories, which is probably undesirable.
25228 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25232 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
25233 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
25234 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
25236 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
25237 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
25238 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25240 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
25241 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
25242 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
25243 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
25244 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
25245 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
25246 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
25247 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
25250 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25251 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
25252 \\{scheme-mode-map}
25253 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
25254 if that value is non-nil.
25258 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
25259 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
25260 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25263 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25264 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
25265 \\{scheme-mode-map}
25266 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
25267 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
25268 that variable's value is a string.
25274 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
25275 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
25276 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
25278 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
25279 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
25280 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
25282 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
25288 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
25289 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
25290 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
25292 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
25293 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
25294 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25295 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25296 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25297 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
25299 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
25301 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
25302 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
25303 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
25304 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25305 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25307 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
25308 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
25310 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25314 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
25315 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
25316 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
25318 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
25319 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
25320 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
25321 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
25322 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
25323 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
25324 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
25325 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
25327 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (20352 65510))
25332 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
25333 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
25334 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
25338 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
25339 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (20400 62402))
25340 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
25342 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
25343 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
25344 The possible elements of this list include the following:
25346 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
25347 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
25348 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
25349 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
25350 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
25351 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
25352 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
25353 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
25354 keybinding for tag names.")
25356 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
25358 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
25359 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
25360 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25361 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25362 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25363 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
25365 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
25367 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
25368 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
25369 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
25370 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25371 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25373 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
25374 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
25375 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
25376 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
25379 \\{semantic-mode-map}
25381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25385 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
25386 ;;;;;; mail-mode sendmail-user-agent-compose sendmail-query-once
25387 ;;;;;; mail-default-headers mail-default-directory mail-signature-file
25388 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook
25389 ;;;;;; mail-indentation-spaces mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook
25390 ;;;;;; mail-personal-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
25391 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
25392 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
25393 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (20420 42151))
25394 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
25396 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
25397 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
25399 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
25401 If `parens', they look like:
25402 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
25403 If `angles', they look like:
25404 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
25406 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
25407 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
25409 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
25411 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
25412 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
25413 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
25414 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
25416 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
25417 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
25418 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
25419 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
25421 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
25423 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
25424 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
25425 This is done when the message is initialized,
25426 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
25428 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
25430 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
25431 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
25432 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
25434 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
25436 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
25437 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
25438 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
25439 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
25440 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
25441 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
25442 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
25444 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
25446 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
25447 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
25449 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
25451 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
25452 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
25453 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
25456 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
25458 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
25459 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
25460 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
25461 when you first send mail.")
25463 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
25465 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
25466 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
25467 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
25468 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
25469 This file need not actually exist.")
25471 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
25473 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
25474 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
25476 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
25478 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
25479 Alist of mail address aliases,
25480 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
25481 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
25482 can specify a different file name.)
25483 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
25484 alias ALIAS MEANING")
25486 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
25487 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
25488 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
25490 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
25492 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
25493 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
25494 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
25496 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
25498 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
25499 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
25500 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
25501 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
25502 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
25503 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
25504 in the cited portion of the message.
25506 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
25507 instead of no action.")
25509 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
25511 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
25512 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
25513 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
25514 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
25515 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
25517 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
25519 (defvar mail-signature t "\
25520 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
25521 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
25522 If a string, that string is inserted.
25523 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
25524 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
25525 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
25526 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
25528 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
25530 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
25531 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
25533 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
25535 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
25536 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
25537 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
25539 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
25540 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
25542 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
25544 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
25545 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
25546 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
25547 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
25549 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
25551 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
25552 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
25553 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
25557 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
25559 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
25562 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
25564 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
25565 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
25566 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
25568 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
25569 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
25571 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
25572 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
25573 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
25574 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
25575 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
25576 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
25577 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
25578 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
25579 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
25580 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
25581 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
25582 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
25583 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
25584 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
25588 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
25589 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
25590 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
25591 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
25593 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
25595 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
25596 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
25597 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
25598 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
25599 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
25600 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25602 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
25603 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
25604 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
25606 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
25607 User should not set this variable manually,
25608 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
25609 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
25610 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25612 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
25613 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
25614 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
25615 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
25617 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
25618 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
25621 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
25623 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
25624 to move to message header fields:
25627 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
25628 when the message is initialized.
25630 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
25631 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
25633 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
25636 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
25637 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
25639 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
25640 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
25641 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
25642 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
25643 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
25644 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
25645 buffer without erasing the contents.
25647 The second through fifth arguments,
25648 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
25649 the initial contents of those header fields.
25650 These arguments should not have final newlines.
25651 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
25652 original message being replied to, or else an action
25653 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
25654 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
25655 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
25656 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
25657 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
25658 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
25660 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
25662 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
25663 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
25665 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
25667 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
25668 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
25670 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
25674 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
25675 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (20400
25677 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
25679 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
25681 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
25683 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
25685 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
25686 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
25687 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
25688 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
25689 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
25690 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
25692 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
25693 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
25695 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
25696 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
25697 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
25699 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
25702 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
25704 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
25705 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
25706 If server is running, it is first stopped.
25707 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
25709 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25711 (defvar server-mode nil "\
25712 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
25713 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25714 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25715 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25716 or call the function `server-mode'.")
25718 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
25720 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
25721 Toggle Server mode.
25722 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
25723 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25724 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25726 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
25727 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
25728 `server-start' for details.
25730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25732 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
25733 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
25734 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
25736 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
25737 only these files will be asked to be saved.
25739 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
25743 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (20400 62402))
25744 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
25746 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
25747 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
25748 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
25752 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
25753 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
25754 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
25755 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
25761 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
25762 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
25763 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
25765 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25766 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
25768 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
25771 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
25772 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
25773 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
25775 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
25776 in your `.emacs' file.
25778 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
25780 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25781 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
25786 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25787 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
25788 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
25789 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
25790 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
25791 which this is based.
25793 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25795 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
25796 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
25797 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
25798 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
25800 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
25801 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
25802 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
25804 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
25805 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
25806 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
25807 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
25809 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
25810 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
25811 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
25812 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
25814 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
25816 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
25817 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
25818 To work around that, do:
25819 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
25827 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
25828 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
25829 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
25830 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
25832 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
25833 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
25834 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
25835 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
25836 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
25837 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
25839 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
25840 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
25841 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
25842 shell-specific features.
25844 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
25845 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
25846 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
25848 \\[sh-case] case statement
25849 \\[sh-for] for loop
25850 \\[sh-function] function definition
25851 \\[sh-if] if statement
25852 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
25853 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
25854 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
25855 \\[sh-select] select loop
25856 \\[sh-until] until loop
25857 \\[sh-while] while loop
25859 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
25860 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
25861 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
25862 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
25863 would indent to the way it currently is.
25864 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
25865 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
25868 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
25869 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
25870 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
25871 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
25872 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
25873 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
25875 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
25877 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
25879 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
25880 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
25881 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
25883 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
25884 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
25888 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
25892 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25893 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
25894 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
25896 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
25897 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
25899 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
25900 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
25901 else prints messages listing any shadows.
25903 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
25904 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
25905 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
25906 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
25909 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
25911 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
25913 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
25914 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
25915 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
25917 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
25918 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
25920 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
25921 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
25922 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
25923 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
25924 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
25925 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
25926 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
25929 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
25930 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
25931 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
25932 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
25933 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25935 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
25936 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
25938 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
25942 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
25943 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (20352
25945 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25947 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25948 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25949 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25950 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25951 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25952 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25953 sites in the cluster.
25957 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25958 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25959 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25960 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25961 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25965 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25966 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25967 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25968 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25969 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25970 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25971 `shadow-define-cluster').
25975 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25976 Set up file shadowing.
25982 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
25983 ;;;;;; (20396 34067))
25984 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25986 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
25987 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25988 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25989 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25990 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25993 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25995 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25996 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25997 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25998 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25999 to change if called with a prefix arg.
26001 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
26002 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
26003 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
26004 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
26005 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
26006 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
26007 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
26008 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
26009 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
26010 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
26011 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
26013 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26014 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26015 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26016 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
26017 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26018 `default-process-coding-system'.
26020 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
26021 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
26022 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
26023 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
26025 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
26027 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26031 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (20352
26033 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
26035 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
26036 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
26037 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
26038 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
26040 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
26044 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
26045 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (20352 65510))
26046 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
26048 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
26051 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
26053 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
26056 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
26058 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
26061 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
26065 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
26066 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
26067 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
26069 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
26070 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
26071 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
26072 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
26073 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
26075 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
26081 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (20400
26083 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
26085 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
26086 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
26087 \\{simula-mode-map}
26088 Variables controlling indentation style:
26089 `simula-tab-always-indent'
26090 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
26091 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
26092 `simula-indent-level'
26093 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
26094 `simula-substatement-offset'
26095 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
26096 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
26097 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
26098 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
26099 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
26100 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
26101 `simula-label-offset' -4711
26102 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
26103 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
26104 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
26105 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
26106 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
26107 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
26108 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
26109 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
26110 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
26111 `simula-electric-indent' nil
26112 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
26113 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
26114 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
26115 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
26116 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
26117 or nil if they should not be changed.
26118 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
26119 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
26120 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
26121 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
26123 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
26124 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
26130 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
26131 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (20400 62402))
26132 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
26134 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
26135 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
26137 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
26138 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
26139 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
26140 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
26142 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
26144 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
26146 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
26147 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
26148 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
26149 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
26150 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
26152 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
26153 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
26155 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
26157 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
26158 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
26160 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
26161 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
26162 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
26163 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
26165 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
26166 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
26167 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
26168 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
26170 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
26171 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
26172 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
26174 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
26175 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
26177 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
26178 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
26180 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
26181 _ interesting point, interregion here
26182 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
26183 interesting point set by _
26184 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
26185 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
26186 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
26187 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
26188 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
26189 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
26192 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
26193 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
26195 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
26196 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
26197 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
26198 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
26199 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
26200 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
26201 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
26202 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
26204 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
26205 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
26206 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
26207 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
26208 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
26211 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
26212 then: insert previously read string once more
26213 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
26214 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
26215 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
26217 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
26218 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
26220 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
26222 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
26223 Insert the character you type ARG times.
26225 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
26226 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
26227 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
26228 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
26229 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
26232 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
26233 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
26234 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
26240 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
26241 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (20400 62402))
26242 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
26244 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
26245 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
26246 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
26249 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
26251 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
26252 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
26253 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
26254 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
26255 if ARG is omitted or nil.
26256 \\{smerge-mode-map}
26258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26260 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
26261 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
26262 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
26268 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
26269 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
26270 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
26272 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
26273 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
26274 A list of images is returned.
26276 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26278 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
26279 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
26280 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
26282 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26286 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
26287 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (20396 34067))
26288 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
26290 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
26295 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
26296 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
26302 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (20352 65510))
26303 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
26305 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
26306 Play the Snake game.
26307 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
26309 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
26311 Snake mode keybindings:
26313 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
26314 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
26315 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26316 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
26317 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
26318 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
26319 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
26325 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
26326 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
26327 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
26329 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
26330 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
26331 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
26332 Tab indents for C code.
26333 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
26334 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26336 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
26341 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
26342 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
26343 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
26344 Tab indents for C code.
26345 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
26346 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26348 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
26349 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
26355 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (20352
26357 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
26359 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
26360 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
26361 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
26362 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
26363 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
26365 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
26367 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26371 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (20352
26373 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
26375 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
26378 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
26379 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
26380 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
26381 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
26382 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
26383 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
26384 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
26385 check after each move or undo.)
26389 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
26390 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
26391 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
26410 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
26411 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
26412 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
26413 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
26415 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
26416 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
26417 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
26420 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
26421 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
26423 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
26439 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
26441 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
26447 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
26448 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
26449 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (20352 65510))
26450 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
26451 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
26453 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
26454 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
26456 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
26457 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
26458 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
26459 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
26462 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
26463 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
26464 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26467 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
26468 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
26470 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
26471 It moves point to the start of the next record.
26472 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
26473 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
26476 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
26477 It should move point to the end of the record.
26479 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
26480 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
26481 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
26482 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
26483 starts at the beginning of the record.
26485 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
26486 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
26489 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
26490 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
26492 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
26494 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
26495 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26496 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26497 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26498 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26501 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26503 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
26504 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26505 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26506 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26507 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26510 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26512 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
26513 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26514 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26515 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26516 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26519 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26520 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
26522 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
26523 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
26524 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
26525 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
26526 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
26527 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
26528 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
26529 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26530 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
26532 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
26534 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
26535 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
26536 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
26537 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
26538 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26539 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
26540 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26543 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
26545 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
26546 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
26547 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
26548 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
26549 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
26550 is to be used for sorting.
26551 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
26552 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
26553 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
26554 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
26555 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
26557 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
26559 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26562 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
26563 starting with the letter \"f\",
26564 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
26566 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
26568 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
26569 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
26570 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
26571 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
26572 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
26573 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
26574 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26577 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
26578 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
26579 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
26580 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
26581 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
26583 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
26585 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
26586 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
26587 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
26589 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26593 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (20352
26595 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
26597 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
26598 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
26599 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
26600 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
26601 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
26602 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
26604 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
26608 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
26609 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
26610 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (20352 65510))
26611 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
26613 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
26614 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
26616 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
26617 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
26618 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
26620 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
26622 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
26623 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
26624 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
26627 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
26629 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
26630 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
26631 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
26633 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
26635 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
26636 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
26637 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
26638 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
26643 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
26644 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
26645 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
26646 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
26652 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
26653 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (20400 62402))
26654 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
26656 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
26658 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
26659 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
26660 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
26661 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
26662 supported at a time.
26663 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
26664 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
26666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26668 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
26669 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
26670 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
26671 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
26677 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (20352
26679 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
26681 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
26682 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
26686 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
26687 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
26693 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
26694 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
26695 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
26696 ;;;;;; sql-mode sql-help sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
26697 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
26698 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
26700 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
26701 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
26703 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
26704 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
26705 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
26706 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
26707 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
26708 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
26709 of the current highlighting list.
26713 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
26714 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
26716 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
26717 `_t' as data types.
26719 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
26721 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
26722 Show short help for the SQL modes.
26724 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
26725 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
26727 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
26731 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
26735 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
26737 You can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the
26738 interpreter for the current `sql-product'.
26740 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
26741 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
26742 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
26743 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
26745 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
26746 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
26747 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
26748 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
26750 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
26751 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
26752 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
26756 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
26757 Major mode to edit SQL.
26759 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
26760 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
26761 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
26764 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
26766 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
26767 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
26768 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
26769 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
26770 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
26771 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
26773 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
26774 `sql-interactive-mode'.
26776 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
26777 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
26778 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
26780 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
26782 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
26786 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
26787 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
26789 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
26792 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
26793 is specified in the connection settings.
26795 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
26797 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
26798 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
26800 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26801 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
26803 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
26804 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
26805 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
26806 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
26808 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26810 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
26812 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
26813 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
26815 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26816 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26819 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
26820 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26821 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
26822 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
26824 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26825 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26827 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26828 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
26829 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26832 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26833 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26834 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26835 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26836 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26837 `default-process-coding-system'.
26839 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26841 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26843 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
26844 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
26846 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26847 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26850 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
26851 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
26852 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26853 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
26855 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26856 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26858 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26859 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
26860 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26863 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26864 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26865 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26866 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26867 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26868 `default-process-coding-system'.
26870 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26872 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26874 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
26875 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
26877 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26878 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26881 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
26882 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26884 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26885 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26887 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26888 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
26889 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26892 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26893 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26894 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26895 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26896 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26897 `default-process-coding-system'.
26899 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26901 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26903 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
26904 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
26906 SQLite is free software.
26908 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26909 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26912 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
26913 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26914 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26915 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
26917 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26918 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26920 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26921 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
26922 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26925 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26926 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26927 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26928 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26929 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26930 `default-process-coding-system'.
26932 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26934 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26936 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26937 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26939 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26941 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26942 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26945 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26946 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26947 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26948 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26950 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26951 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26953 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26954 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
26955 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26958 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26959 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26960 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26961 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26962 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26963 `default-process-coding-system'.
26965 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26967 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26969 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26970 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26972 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26973 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26976 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26977 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26980 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26981 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26983 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26984 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
26985 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26988 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26989 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26990 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26991 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26992 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26993 `default-process-coding-system'.
26995 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26997 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26999 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
27000 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
27002 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27003 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27006 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
27007 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
27009 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27010 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27012 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27013 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
27014 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27017 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27018 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27019 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27020 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27021 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27022 `default-process-coding-system'.
27024 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27026 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27028 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
27029 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
27031 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27032 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27035 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
27036 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
27037 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
27038 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
27040 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27041 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27043 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27044 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
27045 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27048 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27049 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27050 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27051 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27052 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27053 `default-process-coding-system'.
27055 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27057 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27059 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
27060 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
27062 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27063 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27066 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
27067 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
27068 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
27069 `sql-postgres-options'.
27071 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27072 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27074 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27075 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
27076 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27079 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27080 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27081 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27082 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27083 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27084 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
27085 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
27086 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
27088 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
27089 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
27091 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27093 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27095 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
27096 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
27098 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27099 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27102 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
27103 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
27106 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27107 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27109 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27110 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
27111 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27114 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27115 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27116 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27117 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27118 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27119 `default-process-coding-system'.
27121 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27123 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27125 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
27126 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
27128 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27129 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27132 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
27135 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27136 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27138 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
27139 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
27140 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
27141 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
27143 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27144 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
27145 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27148 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27149 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27150 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27151 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27152 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27153 `default-process-coding-system'.
27155 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27157 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27159 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
27160 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
27162 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27163 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27166 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
27167 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
27168 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
27169 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
27172 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
27173 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
27174 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
27175 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
27178 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27179 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27181 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27182 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
27183 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27186 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27188 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27192 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
27193 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
27194 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
27196 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
27197 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
27201 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
27205 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
27206 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
27207 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
27209 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
27210 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
27211 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
27212 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
27213 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
27214 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
27215 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
27216 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
27217 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
27218 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
27220 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
27221 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
27222 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
27223 GnuTLS requires a port number.
27225 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
27229 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
27230 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
27231 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
27232 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
27233 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (20352
27235 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
27237 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
27238 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
27239 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
27240 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
27241 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
27242 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
27244 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
27246 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
27248 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
27249 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
27250 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
27251 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
27252 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
27253 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
27254 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
27256 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
27258 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
27259 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
27260 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
27261 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
27262 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
27263 then complete the stroke with button 3.
27264 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
27266 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
27268 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
27269 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
27270 This must be bound to a mouse event.
27272 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27274 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
27275 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
27276 This must be bound to a mouse event.
27278 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27280 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
27281 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
27283 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
27285 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
27286 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
27290 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
27291 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
27295 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
27296 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
27297 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
27298 chronologically by command name.
27299 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
27301 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
27303 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
27304 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
27305 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27306 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27307 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27308 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
27310 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
27312 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
27313 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
27314 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
27315 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27316 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27318 \\<strokes-mode-map>
27319 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
27320 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
27321 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
27322 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
27324 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
27325 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
27326 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
27327 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
27329 \\{strokes-mode-map}
27331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27333 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
27334 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
27335 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
27336 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
27338 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
27340 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
27341 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
27347 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
27348 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (20352 65510))
27349 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
27351 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
27352 Studlify-case the region.
27354 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
27356 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
27357 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
27359 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
27361 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
27362 Studlify-case the current buffer.
27368 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
27369 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
27370 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
27372 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
27373 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
27374 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
27375 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27376 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27378 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
27379 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
27380 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
27381 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
27383 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
27384 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
27385 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
27387 Nomenclature Subwords
27388 ===========================================================
27389 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
27390 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
27391 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
27393 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
27394 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
27397 \\{subword-mode-map}
27399 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27401 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
27402 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
27403 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27404 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27405 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27406 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
27408 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
27410 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
27411 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
27412 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
27413 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
27414 ARG is omitted or nil.
27416 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
27417 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
27418 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
27420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27424 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
27425 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
27426 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
27428 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
27429 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
27430 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
27431 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
27432 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
27433 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
27434 original message but it does require a few things:
27436 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
27438 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
27441 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
27442 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
27445 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
27447 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
27449 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
27450 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
27451 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
27457 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (20352
27459 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
27461 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
27463 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
27464 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
27465 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27466 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27467 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27468 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
27470 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
27472 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
27473 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
27474 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
27475 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27476 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27478 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
27479 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
27480 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
27482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27486 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (20352 65510))
27487 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
27489 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
27490 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
27491 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
27492 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
27493 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
27495 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27497 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
27498 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
27499 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
27500 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
27501 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
27502 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
27503 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
27505 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27509 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
27510 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
27511 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
27512 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
27513 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
27514 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
27515 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
27516 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
27517 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
27518 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
27519 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
27520 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
27521 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (20400 62402))
27522 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
27524 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
27525 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
27526 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
27528 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
27530 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
27531 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
27533 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
27535 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
27536 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
27538 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
27540 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
27541 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
27543 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
27545 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
27546 Insert an editable text table.
27547 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
27548 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
27549 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
27550 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
27551 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
27552 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
27557 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
27559 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
27564 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
27565 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
27566 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
27567 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
27570 +-----+-----+-----+
27572 +-----+-----+-----+
27574 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
27576 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
27577 width, which results as
27579 +--------------+-----+-----+
27581 +--------------+-----+-----+
27583 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
27584 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
27586 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27588 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27590 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
27591 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
27592 width information to `table-insert'.
27594 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
27600 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
27603 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
27604 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
27606 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27609 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27611 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
27613 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27616 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27619 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27621 Move the point under the table as shown below.
27623 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27626 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27629 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27632 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
27633 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
27634 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
27636 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27639 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27642 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27645 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27647 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
27650 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27653 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27654 | | |Text editing inside the table |
27655 | | |cell produces reasonably |
27656 | | |expected results.-!- |
27657 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27660 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27662 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
27666 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
27668 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
27669 Insert N table row(s).
27670 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
27671 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
27672 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
27673 are appended at the bottom of the table.
27677 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
27678 Insert N table column(s).
27679 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
27680 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
27681 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
27682 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
27686 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
27687 Insert row(s) or column(s).
27688 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
27690 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
27692 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
27693 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
27694 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
27695 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
27696 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
27697 all the table specific features.
27699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27701 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
27706 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
27707 Recognize all tables within region.
27708 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
27709 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
27710 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
27713 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
27715 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
27718 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27720 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
27721 Recognize a table at point.
27722 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
27723 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
27724 the table specific features.
27726 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27728 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
27733 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
27734 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
27735 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
27736 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
27737 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
27738 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
27739 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
27741 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
27743 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
27748 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
27749 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
27750 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
27751 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
27752 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
27753 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
27756 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
27758 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
27759 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
27760 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
27761 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
27762 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
27763 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
27764 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
27769 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
27770 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
27771 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
27772 table's rectangle structure.
27774 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
27776 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
27777 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
27778 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
27779 table's rectangle structure.
27783 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
27784 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
27785 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27786 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
27787 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
27789 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
27791 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
27792 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
27793 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
27795 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
27796 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
27797 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
27798 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
27799 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
27800 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
27801 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
27803 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27804 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
27805 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
27806 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
27807 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
27808 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
27809 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27811 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
27812 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
27813 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
27814 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
27815 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
27816 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
27817 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
27818 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27820 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
27822 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
27823 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
27824 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27825 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
27827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27829 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
27830 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
27831 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
27833 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
27835 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
27836 Split current cell vertically.
27837 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
27841 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
27842 Split current cell horizontally.
27843 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
27847 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
27848 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
27849 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
27851 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
27853 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
27854 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
27855 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
27856 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
27858 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27860 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
27861 Justify cell contents.
27862 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
27863 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
27864 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
27865 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
27867 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
27869 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
27870 Justify cells of a row.
27871 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27872 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27874 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27876 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
27877 Justify cells of a column.
27878 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27879 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27881 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27883 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
27884 Toggle fixing width mode.
27885 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
27886 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
27887 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
27889 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27891 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
27892 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
27893 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
27894 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
27895 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
27896 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
27897 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
27898 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27899 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27900 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27901 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27903 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27905 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27906 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27907 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27908 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
27909 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27910 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27911 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27912 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27913 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27914 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27915 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27916 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27919 References used for this implementation:
27922 URL `http://www.w3.org'
27925 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
27927 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27928 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
27929 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
27931 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27933 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27934 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27935 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27936 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27937 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27938 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27939 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27940 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27941 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27942 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27943 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27944 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27945 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27946 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27947 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27948 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
27949 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27954 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27955 (table-forward-cell 15)
27956 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
27957 (table-forward-cell 16)
27958 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
27959 (table-forward-cell 1)
27960 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
27963 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27964 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
27965 (table-forward-cell 1)
27966 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
27968 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27970 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27971 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27972 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27973 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27974 consists from cells of same height.
27978 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27979 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27980 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27981 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27982 column must consists from cells of same width.
27986 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27987 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27988 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27989 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27990 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27991 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27992 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27993 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27994 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27995 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27996 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27997 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
27998 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27999 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
28000 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
28009 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
28010 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
28011 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
28014 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
28016 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
28018 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
28020 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
28024 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
28025 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
28026 of each row is optional.
28031 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
28032 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
28033 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
28034 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
28035 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
28037 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
28038 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
28040 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
28041 expression and raw delimiter regular
28042 expression, it parses the specified text
28043 area and extracts cell items from
28044 non-table text and then forms a table out
28047 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
28048 creates a single cell table. The text in
28049 the specified region is placed in that
28052 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
28055 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
28056 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
28057 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
28059 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
28060 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
28061 | expression, it parses the specified text |
28062 | area and extracts cell items from |
28063 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
28066 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
28067 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
28068 | the specified region is placed in that |
28070 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
28072 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
28073 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
28076 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
28077 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
28078 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
28079 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
28080 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
28081 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
28082 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
28083 | |area and extracts cell items from |
28084 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
28086 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
28087 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
28088 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
28089 | |the specified region is placed in that |
28091 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
28093 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
28094 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
28095 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
28097 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
28099 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
28100 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
28101 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
28102 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
28103 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
28109 ;;;### (autoloads (tabulated-list-mode) "tabulated-list" "emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el"
28110 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
28111 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el
28113 (autoload 'tabulated-list-mode "tabulated-list" "\
28114 Generic major mode for browsing a list of items.
28115 This mode is usually not used directly; instead, other major
28116 modes are derived from it, using `define-derived-mode'.
28118 In this major mode, the buffer is divided into multiple columns,
28119 which are labeled using the header line. Each non-empty line
28120 belongs to one \"entry\", and the entries can be sorted according
28121 to their column values.
28123 An inheriting mode should usually do the following in their body:
28125 - Set `tabulated-list-format', specifying the column format.
28126 - Set `tabulated-list-revert-hook', if the buffer contents need
28127 to be specially recomputed prior to `revert-buffer'.
28128 - Maybe set a `tabulated-list-entries' function (see below).
28129 - Maybe set `tabulated-list-printer' (see below).
28130 - Maybe set `tabulated-list-padding'.
28131 - Call `tabulated-list-init-header' to initialize `header-line-format'
28132 according to `tabulated-list-format'.
28134 An inheriting mode is usually accompanied by a \"list-FOO\"
28135 command (e.g. `list-packages', `list-processes'). This command
28136 creates or switches to a buffer and enables the major mode in
28137 that buffer. If `tabulated-list-entries' is not a function, the
28138 command should initialize it to a list of entries for displaying.
28139 Finally, it should call `tabulated-list-print'.
28141 `tabulated-list-print' calls the printer function specified by
28142 `tabulated-list-printer', once for each entry. The default
28143 printer is `tabulated-list-print-entry', but a mode that keeps
28144 data in an ewoc may instead specify a printer function (e.g., one
28145 that calls `ewoc-enter-last'), with `tabulated-list-print-entry'
28146 as the ewoc pretty-printer.
28152 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (20352 65510))
28153 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
28155 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
28156 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
28158 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
28160 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
28161 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
28167 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (20400 62402))
28168 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
28170 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
28171 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
28172 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
28173 Letters no longer insert themselves.
28174 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
28175 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
28176 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
28178 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
28179 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
28180 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
28181 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
28183 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
28190 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
28191 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (20400 62402))
28192 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
28194 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
28195 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
28196 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
28197 Tab indents for Tcl code.
28198 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
28199 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
28201 Variables controlling indentation style:
28203 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
28204 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
28205 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
28207 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
28208 documentation for details):
28209 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
28210 Controls action of TAB key.
28212 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
28213 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
28214 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
28215 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
28216 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
28218 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
28219 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
28224 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
28225 Run inferior Tcl process.
28226 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
28227 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
28231 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
28232 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
28233 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
28235 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
28239 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (20352 65510))
28240 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
28242 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
28243 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
28244 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
28245 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
28247 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
28248 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
28249 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
28250 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
28251 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
28253 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
28255 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
28256 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
28257 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
28258 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
28264 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
28265 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
28266 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
28268 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
28269 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
28270 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
28271 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
28272 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
28273 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
28275 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
28277 (autoload 'term "term" "\
28278 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
28279 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
28280 commands to use in that buffer.
28282 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
28284 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
28286 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
28287 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
28289 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
28291 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
28292 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
28293 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
28294 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
28295 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
28296 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
28297 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
28298 `serial-process-configure' for details.
28299 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
28300 use in that buffer.
28301 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
28303 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
28307 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (20352
28309 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
28311 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
28312 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
28313 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
28314 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
28315 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
28316 program as keyboard input.
28318 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
28319 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
28320 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
28321 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
28323 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
28324 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
28325 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
28326 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
28327 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
28329 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
28331 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
28332 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
28333 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
28334 terminal-redisplay-interval.
28336 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
28337 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
28338 subprocess started.
28340 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
28344 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
28345 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
28346 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
28348 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
28349 Start coverage on function under point.
28355 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (20352 65510))
28356 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
28358 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
28359 Play the Tetris game.
28360 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
28361 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
28362 as to form complete rows.
28364 tetris-mode keybindings:
28365 \\<tetris-mode-map>
28366 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
28367 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
28368 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
28369 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
28370 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
28371 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
28372 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
28373 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
28379 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
28380 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
28381 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28382 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
28383 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
28384 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
28385 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
28386 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
28387 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
28389 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
28390 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
28392 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
28394 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
28395 Directory in which temporary files are written.
28396 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
28397 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
28398 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
28400 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
28402 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
28403 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
28404 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
28405 if it matches the first line of the file,
28406 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
28408 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
28410 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
28411 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
28412 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
28413 if the variable is non-nil.")
28415 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
28417 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
28418 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
28420 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
28422 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
28423 Command used to run TeX subjob.
28424 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28425 See the documentation of that variable.")
28427 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28429 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
28430 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
28431 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28432 See the documentation of that variable.")
28434 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28436 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
28437 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
28438 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28439 See the documentation of that variable.")
28441 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28443 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
28444 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
28445 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
28446 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
28447 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
28449 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
28451 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
28452 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
28453 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
28454 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
28456 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
28458 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
28459 User defined LaTeX block names.
28460 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
28462 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
28464 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
28465 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
28466 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28467 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
28469 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
28471 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
28472 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28473 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28474 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
28476 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
28478 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
28479 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
28480 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28481 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
28483 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
28484 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
28487 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28488 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
28490 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
28493 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
28495 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
28496 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
28497 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
28498 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28499 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
28501 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
28503 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
28505 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
28506 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
28507 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
28509 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
28511 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
28512 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
28513 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
28514 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
28515 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
28517 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
28519 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
28520 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
28522 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
28524 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
28525 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
28527 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
28529 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28530 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
28531 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
28532 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
28533 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
28534 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
28535 says which mode to use.
28539 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
28541 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
28543 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
28545 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28546 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
28547 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28548 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28549 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28551 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
28552 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
28553 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28554 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28555 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28556 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28557 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28559 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28560 mismatched $'s or braces.
28563 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
28567 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28569 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
28570 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28571 tex-dvi-print-command
28572 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28573 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28574 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28575 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28576 tex-dvi-view-command
28577 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28578 tex-show-queue-command
28579 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28580 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28582 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
28583 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
28584 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28588 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28589 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
28590 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28591 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28592 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28594 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
28595 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
28596 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28597 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28598 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28599 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28600 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28602 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28603 mismatched $'s or braces.
28610 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28612 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
28613 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28614 tex-dvi-print-command
28615 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28616 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28617 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28618 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28619 tex-dvi-view-command
28620 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28621 tex-show-queue-command
28622 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28623 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28625 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
28626 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
28627 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28631 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28632 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
28633 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28634 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28635 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28637 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
28638 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
28639 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28640 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28641 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28642 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28643 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28645 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28646 mismatched $'s or braces.
28649 \\{slitex-mode-map}
28653 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28655 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
28656 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28657 tex-dvi-print-command
28658 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28659 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28660 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28661 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28662 tex-dvi-view-command
28663 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28664 tex-show-queue-command
28665 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28666 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28668 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
28669 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
28670 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
28671 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28675 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
28680 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28681 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
28687 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
28688 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (20400 62402))
28689 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
28691 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
28692 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
28693 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
28694 name specified in the @setfilename command.
28696 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
28697 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
28698 `Info-split' to do these manually.
28700 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
28702 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
28703 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
28704 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
28705 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
28706 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
28708 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
28710 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
28711 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
28712 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
28713 names specified in the @setfilename command.
28715 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
28716 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
28717 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
28718 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
28720 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
28721 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
28723 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
28727 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
28728 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (20352 65510))
28729 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
28731 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
28732 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
28734 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
28736 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
28737 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
28739 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
28741 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
28742 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
28744 It has these extra commands:
28745 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
28747 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
28748 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
28749 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
28750 modified version of TeX input format.
28752 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
28753 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
28754 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
28755 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
28757 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
28758 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
28759 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
28760 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
28761 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
28762 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
28763 in the Texinfo file.
28765 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
28766 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
28767 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
28768 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
28769 move forward past the closing brace.
28771 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
28772 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
28774 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
28775 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
28776 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
28778 Here are the functions:
28780 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
28781 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
28782 texinfo-sequential-node-update
28784 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
28785 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
28786 texinfo-master-menu
28788 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
28790 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
28791 which menu descriptions are indented.
28793 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
28794 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
28797 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
28798 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
28799 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
28800 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
28802 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
28803 be the first node in the file.
28805 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
28806 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
28812 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
28813 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
28814 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
28815 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
28817 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
28818 Compose Thai characters in the region.
28819 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
28820 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
28822 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28824 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
28825 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
28827 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28829 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
28830 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
28834 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
28837 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
28841 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
28842 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
28843 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (20352 65510))
28844 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
28846 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
28847 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
28848 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28849 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28850 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28851 `line', and `page'.
28853 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
28855 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28856 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
28857 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28858 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28859 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28860 `line', and `page'.
28862 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
28865 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
28866 positions of the thing found.
28868 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28870 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28871 Return the THING at point.
28872 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28873 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28874 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28875 `line', and `page'.
28877 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
28878 a symbol as a valid THING.
28880 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28882 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28883 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
28887 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28888 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
28892 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28893 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
28897 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28898 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
28904 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
28905 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
28906 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
28907 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
28909 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
28910 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
28914 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
28915 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
28916 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
28917 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
28919 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
28921 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
28922 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
28926 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
28927 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
28931 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
28933 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
28934 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
28940 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
28941 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
28942 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
28943 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
28944 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (20400
28946 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
28948 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
28949 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
28950 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
28954 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
28955 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
28957 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28959 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
28960 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
28961 The returned string has no composition information.
28963 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28965 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
28966 Compose Tibetan string STR.
28968 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28970 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28971 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28973 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28975 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28976 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28977 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28978 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28980 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28982 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28983 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28984 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28985 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28987 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28989 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28990 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28991 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28995 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28996 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28997 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
29001 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
29004 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29006 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
29009 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29011 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
29014 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29018 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
29019 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
29020 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
29022 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
29023 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
29024 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
29025 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
29027 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
29029 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
29031 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
29032 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
29033 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
29034 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
29036 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
29042 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
29043 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
29044 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (20400 62402))
29045 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
29047 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
29048 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
29050 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
29051 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
29053 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
29054 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
29055 This display updates automatically every minute.
29056 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
29057 are displayed as well.
29058 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
29062 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
29063 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
29064 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29065 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29066 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29067 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
29069 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
29071 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
29072 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
29073 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
29074 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29075 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
29077 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
29078 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
29079 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
29080 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
29081 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
29083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29085 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
29086 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
29087 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
29088 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
29092 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
29093 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
29094 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
29095 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
29097 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
29099 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
29100 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
29106 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
29107 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
29108 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
29109 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
29110 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
29111 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
29113 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
29114 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
29115 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
29117 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
29118 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
29119 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
29120 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
29122 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
29123 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
29124 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
29126 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
29127 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
29129 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
29131 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
29132 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
29134 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
29136 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
29137 Convert DAYS into a time value.
29139 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
29141 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
29142 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
29143 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
29145 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
29147 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
29149 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
29150 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
29151 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
29153 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
29155 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
29156 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
29158 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
29160 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
29161 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
29162 DATE should be a date-time string.
29164 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
29166 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
29167 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
29168 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
29170 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
29172 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
29173 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
29175 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
29177 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
29178 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
29180 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
29182 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
29183 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
29184 TIME should be a time value.
29185 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
29187 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
29189 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
29190 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
29191 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
29193 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
29195 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
29196 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
29197 The valid format specifiers are:
29198 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
29199 %d is the number of days.
29200 %h is the number of hours.
29201 %m is the number of minutes.
29202 %s is the number of seconds.
29203 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
29204 %% is a literal \"%\".
29206 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
29207 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
29209 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
29210 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
29211 return something of the form \"001 year\".
29213 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
29214 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
29215 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
29217 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
29219 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
29223 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
29224 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (20352 65510))
29225 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
29226 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
29227 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
29228 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
29229 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
29230 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
29231 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
29232 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
29233 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
29235 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
29236 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
29237 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
29238 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
29239 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
29240 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
29241 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
29242 look like one of the following:
29245 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
29246 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
29247 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
29248 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
29249 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
29250 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
29251 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
29256 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
29257 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
29258 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
29260 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29264 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
29265 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
29266 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
29267 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
29268 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
29269 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
29271 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
29272 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
29273 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
29274 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
29275 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
29276 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
29277 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
29278 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
29279 display (non-nil means on).
29281 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29283 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
29284 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
29285 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
29286 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
29287 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
29288 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
29289 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
29290 this function is called within a day.
29292 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
29293 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
29294 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
29295 discover the name of the project.
29297 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
29299 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
29300 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
29301 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
29302 begun during the last time segment.
29304 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
29305 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
29306 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
29307 discover the reason.
29309 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
29311 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
29312 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
29313 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
29314 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
29315 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
29317 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29319 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
29320 Change to working on a different project.
29321 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
29322 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
29323 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
29326 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
29328 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
29329 Ask the user whether to clock out.
29330 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
29334 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
29335 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
29336 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
29340 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
29341 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
29342 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
29343 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
29344 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
29345 \"relative to today\".
29347 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29349 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
29350 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
29351 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
29352 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
29354 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
29356 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
29357 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
29358 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
29359 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
29360 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
29361 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
29363 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29367 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
29368 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (20352 65510))
29369 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
29371 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
29372 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
29373 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
29374 the generated Quail package is saved.
29376 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
29378 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
29379 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
29380 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
29381 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
29382 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
29383 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
29384 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
29386 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
29390 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
29391 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (20400 62402))
29392 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
29393 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
29394 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
29396 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
29397 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
29398 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
29399 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
29400 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
29402 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
29404 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
29405 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
29406 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
29407 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
29408 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
29410 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
29412 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
29413 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
29414 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
29415 in the menu in two ways:
29416 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
29417 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
29418 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
29420 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
29421 keymap or an alist of alists.
29422 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
29423 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
29425 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
29429 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
29430 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
29431 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (20352 65510))
29432 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
29434 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
29435 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
29437 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
29439 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
29440 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
29442 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
29444 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
29445 Insert new TODO list entry.
29446 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
29451 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
29452 List top priorities for each category.
29454 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
29455 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
29457 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
29458 between each category.
29459 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
29461 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
29463 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
29464 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
29465 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
29466 between each category.
29468 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
29470 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
29472 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
29473 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
29477 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
29478 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
29482 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
29489 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
29490 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
29491 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (20352 65510))
29492 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
29494 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
29495 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
29496 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
29498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29500 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
29501 Add an item to the tool bar.
29502 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
29503 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
29504 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
29505 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
29507 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
29508 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
29509 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
29510 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
29512 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
29513 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
29515 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29517 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
29518 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
29519 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
29520 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
29521 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
29522 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
29524 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
29525 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
29526 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
29527 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
29529 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29531 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
29532 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
29533 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
29534 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
29535 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
29536 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
29537 properties to add to the binding.
29539 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
29541 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
29542 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
29544 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29546 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
29547 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
29548 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
29549 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
29550 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
29551 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
29552 properties to add to the binding.
29554 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
29557 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29561 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
29562 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
29563 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
29565 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
29566 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
29567 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29568 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29569 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29570 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
29572 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
29574 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
29575 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
29576 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
29577 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
29578 if ARG is omitted or nil.
29580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29582 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
29584 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
29585 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
29591 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
29592 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
29593 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
29595 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
29596 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
29598 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
29599 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
29600 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
29601 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
29602 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
29604 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
29605 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
29606 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
29607 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
29608 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
29610 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
29615 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
29616 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
29617 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
29618 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
29619 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
29620 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
29626 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (20352 65510))
29627 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
29629 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
29630 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
29631 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
29632 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
29633 to a tcp server on another machine.
29635 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
29639 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
29640 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (20352 65510))
29641 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
29643 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
29644 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
29646 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
29648 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
29649 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
29650 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
29651 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
29652 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
29653 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
29654 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
29655 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
29657 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29659 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
29660 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
29661 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
29662 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
29663 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
29664 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
29665 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
29666 the window or buffer configuration.
29668 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
29670 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29674 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
29675 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
29676 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
29677 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (20400 62402))
29678 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
29680 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
29681 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
29682 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
29684 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
29686 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
29687 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
29689 It can have the following values:
29691 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
29692 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
29693 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
29695 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
29697 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):") "\
29698 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
29699 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
29700 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
29702 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
29704 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
29705 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
29706 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
29707 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29709 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
29710 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
29711 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29713 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
29714 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
29715 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
29716 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
29717 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
29718 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
29719 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
29720 files which are not really Tramp files.
29722 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
29723 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
29724 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
29725 updated after changing this variable.
29727 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
29729 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
29730 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
29731 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
29732 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
29734 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
29736 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
29737 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
29738 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
29739 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29741 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'" "\
29742 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
29743 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29745 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
29746 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
29747 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
29749 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
29750 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
29751 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
29752 updated after changing this variable.
29754 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
29756 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
29757 Alist of completion handler functions.
29758 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
29759 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
29760 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
29762 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
29763 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
29764 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29765 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29767 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
29768 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
29769 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29770 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29772 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
29773 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
29774 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
29776 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29778 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
29779 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
29780 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
29782 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
29783 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
29785 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
29787 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
29792 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
29793 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
29795 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
29797 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
29798 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
29800 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
29802 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
29803 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
29809 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
29810 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
29811 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
29813 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
29820 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (20400
29822 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
29824 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
29825 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
29826 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
29827 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
29828 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
29829 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
29830 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
29831 any question when restarting the tutorial.
29833 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
29834 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
29835 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
29837 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
29838 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
29841 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
29845 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
29846 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
29847 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
29849 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
29852 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
29856 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
29857 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (20400 62402))
29858 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
29859 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
29860 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
29861 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
29863 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
29864 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
29865 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
29866 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
29867 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
29868 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
29869 first and the associated buffer to its right.
29871 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29873 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
29874 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
29875 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
29876 accepting the proposed default buffer.
29878 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29882 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
29883 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
29884 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
29885 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
29886 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
29887 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
29888 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
29890 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
29891 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
29893 First column's text sSs Second column's text
29896 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
29898 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29904 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
29905 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
29906 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
29907 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
29908 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
29909 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
29911 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
29912 Toggle typing break mode.
29913 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
29914 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29915 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
29917 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
29919 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
29920 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
29922 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
29924 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
29925 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
29927 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
29928 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
29929 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
29931 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
29932 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
29934 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
29936 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
29937 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
29939 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
29940 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
29941 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
29942 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
29944 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
29946 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
29947 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
29948 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
29950 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
29951 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
29952 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
29953 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
29954 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
29955 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
29957 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
29958 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
29959 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
29960 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
29962 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
29963 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
29965 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
29966 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
29968 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
29970 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
29971 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
29972 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
29974 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
29975 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
29976 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
29977 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
29978 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
29979 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
29980 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
29982 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
29983 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
29985 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
29986 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
29987 reset the keystroke counter.
29989 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
29990 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
29991 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
29992 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
29994 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
29995 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
29996 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
29997 `type-break-schedule' command.
29999 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
30000 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
30001 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
30002 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
30003 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
30004 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
30005 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
30006 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
30007 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
30009 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
30010 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
30011 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
30012 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
30013 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
30015 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
30016 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
30017 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
30018 approximate good values for this.
30020 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
30021 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
30023 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
30024 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
30025 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
30026 `type-break-warning-repeat'
30027 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
30028 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
30030 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
30031 a typing break occur. They include:
30033 `type-break-query-mode'
30034 `type-break-query-function'
30035 `type-break-query-interval'
30037 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
30039 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
30040 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
30041 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
30044 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
30046 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
30047 Take a typing break.
30049 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
30050 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
30052 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
30053 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
30057 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
30058 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
30059 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
30060 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
30064 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
30065 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
30067 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
30068 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
30069 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
30070 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
30071 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
30072 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
30073 average typing speed.)
30075 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
30076 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
30077 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
30078 the computed maximum threshold.
30080 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
30081 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
30082 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
30083 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
30084 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
30086 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
30090 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (20352 65510))
30091 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
30093 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
30094 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
30095 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
30096 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
30097 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
30099 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
30103 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
30104 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
30105 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
30106 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
30107 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
30108 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (20352 65510))
30109 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
30111 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30112 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
30114 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30116 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30117 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
30119 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30121 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30122 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
30124 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30126 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30127 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
30129 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30131 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30132 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
30134 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30136 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30137 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
30139 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30141 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30142 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
30144 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30146 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30147 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
30149 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30151 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30152 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
30154 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30156 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30157 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
30159 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30161 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30162 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
30164 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30166 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30167 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
30169 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30173 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
30174 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (20352 65510))
30175 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
30177 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
30178 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
30179 Works by overstriking underscores.
30180 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
30181 which specify the range to operate on.
30183 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30185 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
30186 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
30187 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
30188 which specify the range to operate on.
30190 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30194 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
30195 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
30196 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
30198 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
30199 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
30200 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
30201 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
30202 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
30203 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
30207 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
30208 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
30210 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
30214 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (20352
30216 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
30218 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
30219 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
30220 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
30221 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
30223 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
30227 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
30228 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (20400 62402))
30229 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
30231 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
30232 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
30233 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
30235 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
30236 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
30237 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
30238 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
30239 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
30240 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
30242 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
30243 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
30244 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
30246 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
30247 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
30248 the callback is not called).
30250 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
30251 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
30252 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
30255 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
30256 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
30259 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
30261 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
30262 Retrieve URL synchronously.
30263 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
30264 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
30265 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
30267 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30271 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
30272 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (20352 65510))
30273 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
30275 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
30276 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
30277 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
30279 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
30280 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
30281 `url-generic-parse-url'
30282 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
30283 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
30284 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
30286 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
30287 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
30288 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
30289 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
30290 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
30291 what type of auth to use
30292 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
30293 if one cannot be found in the cache
30295 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
30297 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
30298 Register an HTTP authentication method.
30300 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
30301 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
30302 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
30303 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
30304 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
30305 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
30306 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
30307 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
30309 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
30313 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
30314 ;;;;;; "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (20352 65510))
30315 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
30317 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
30318 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
30320 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
30322 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
30323 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
30324 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
30326 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30328 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
30329 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
30331 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
30335 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (20352 65510))
30336 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
30338 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
30341 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30345 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
30346 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (20400 62402))
30347 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
30349 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
30352 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30354 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
30357 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30361 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (20352
30363 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
30365 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
30366 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
30368 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
30372 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
30373 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (20352 65510))
30374 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
30376 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
30377 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
30381 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
30382 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
30383 Args per `open-network-stream'.
30384 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
30385 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
30387 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
30391 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
30392 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
30393 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
30394 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
30396 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
30397 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
30398 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30399 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30400 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30401 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
30403 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
30405 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
30406 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
30407 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
30408 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
30409 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
30411 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30413 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
30414 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
30415 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
30416 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
30418 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30420 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
30421 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
30422 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
30423 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
30424 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
30425 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
30426 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
30427 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
30428 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
30429 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
30431 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
30433 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
30434 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
30435 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
30438 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
30440 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
30443 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
30447 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
30448 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (20400 62402))
30449 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
30451 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
30452 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
30453 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
30454 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
30455 CBARGS as the arguments.
30457 Optional arg RETRY-BUFFER, if non-nil, specifies the buffer of a
30458 previous `url-http' call, which is being re-attempted.
30460 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS &optional RETRY-BUFFER)" nil nil)
30462 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
30465 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30467 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
30469 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
30472 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
30474 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
30475 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
30476 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
30478 Property list members:
30481 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
30485 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
30489 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
30492 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
30495 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
30496 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
30497 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
30500 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30502 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
30503 Default HTTPS port.")
30505 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
30506 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
30507 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
30509 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
30510 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
30511 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
30512 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
30513 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
30517 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (20352 65510))
30518 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
30520 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
30523 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30527 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (20400
30529 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
30531 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
30532 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
30533 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
30534 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
30535 `url-generic-parse-url'.
30537 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30541 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
30542 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
30543 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
30545 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
30548 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30550 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
30551 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
30553 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30557 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
30558 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (20352 65510))
30559 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
30561 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
30562 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
30564 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30566 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
30567 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
30569 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30571 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
30574 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30576 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30578 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30580 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30582 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
30583 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
30585 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30589 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
30590 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
30591 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
30593 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
30596 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30598 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
30601 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30605 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
30606 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
30607 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
30608 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
30610 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
30613 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30615 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
30618 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
30620 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
30623 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30625 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
30628 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30630 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
30633 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
30635 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
30638 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
30640 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
30643 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
30647 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
30648 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (20400 62402))
30649 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
30651 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
30652 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
30654 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
30656 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
30657 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
30658 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
30659 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
30661 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30665 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
30666 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
30667 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
30669 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
30670 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
30676 ;;;### (autoloads (url-queue-retrieve) "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el"
30677 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
30678 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
30680 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
30681 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
30682 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
30683 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
30684 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
30685 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
30687 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
30691 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
30692 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
30693 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
30694 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
30695 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
30696 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
30697 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (20400 62402))
30698 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
30700 (defvar url-debug nil "\
30701 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
30702 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
30704 If t, all messages will be logged.
30705 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
30706 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
30708 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
30710 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
30713 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30715 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
30718 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
30720 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
30721 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
30722 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
30723 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
30724 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
30730 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
30732 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
30733 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
30734 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
30736 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30738 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
30739 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
30740 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
30742 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30744 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
30745 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
30747 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
30749 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
30750 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
30754 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
30755 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
30759 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
30764 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
30767 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30769 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
30772 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
30774 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
30776 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
30777 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
30779 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30781 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
30782 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
30784 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30786 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
30789 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
30791 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
30792 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
30793 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
30794 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
30795 forbidden in URL encoding.
30797 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
30799 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
30800 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
30801 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
30802 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
30803 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
30804 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
30806 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
30808 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
30809 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
30810 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
30811 of the file with the extension stripped off.
30813 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
30815 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
30816 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
30817 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
30819 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
30821 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
30822 View the current document's URL.
30823 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
30826 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
30828 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
30832 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
30833 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (20352 65510))
30834 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
30836 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
30837 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
30838 This function has a choice of three things to do:
30839 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
30840 to refrain from editing the file
30841 return t (grab the lock on the file)
30842 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
30843 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
30844 in any way you like.
30846 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
30848 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
30849 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
30850 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
30851 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
30852 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
30854 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
30855 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
30861 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
30862 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
30863 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (20352 65510))
30864 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
30866 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30869 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30871 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30874 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30876 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30879 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30881 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30884 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30888 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (20352 65510))
30889 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
30891 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
30892 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
30894 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
30898 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
30899 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
30900 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
30901 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
30903 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
30904 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
30905 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
30906 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
30908 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30910 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
30911 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
30912 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30914 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30916 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
30917 Uudecode region between START and END.
30918 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30920 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
30924 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
30925 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-pull
30926 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
30927 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
30928 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-ediff vc-version-ediff
30929 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
30930 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (20400
30932 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
30934 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
30935 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
30938 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
30940 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
30941 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
30942 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
30944 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30946 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
30947 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
30950 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30952 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
30953 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
30954 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
30955 same state. If not, signal an error.
30957 For merging-based version control systems:
30958 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
30959 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
30960 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
30961 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
30962 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
30963 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
30965 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
30966 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
30967 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
30968 the file(s) for editing.
30969 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
30970 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
30971 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
30972 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
30973 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
30974 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
30976 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
30978 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
30979 Register into a version control system.
30980 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
30981 Otherwise register the current file.
30982 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
30983 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
30985 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
30986 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
30987 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
30988 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
30989 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
30990 first backend that could register the file is used.
30992 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
30994 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
30995 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
30997 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30999 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
31000 Display diffs between file revisions.
31001 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
31002 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
31003 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
31005 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
31008 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
31010 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
31011 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
31012 repository history using ediff.
31014 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
31016 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
31017 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
31018 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
31019 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
31020 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
31022 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
31025 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
31027 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
31028 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
31029 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
31030 fileset with the working revision.
31031 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
31032 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
31034 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
31037 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
31039 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
31040 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
31041 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
31042 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
31046 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
31047 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
31048 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
31049 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
31053 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
31054 Perform a version control merge operation.
31055 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
31056 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
31057 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
31058 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
31060 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
31061 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
31062 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
31063 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
31064 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
31065 changes from the current branch.
31069 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
31071 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
31072 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
31073 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
31074 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
31075 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
31076 checked out in that new branch.
31078 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
31080 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
31081 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
31082 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
31083 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
31084 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
31085 allowed and simply skipped).
31087 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
31089 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
31090 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
31091 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
31092 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
31093 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
31095 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
31096 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
31098 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
31100 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
31101 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
31102 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
31103 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
31104 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
31106 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
31108 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
31109 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
31110 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
31112 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
31114 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
31115 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
31116 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
31118 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
31120 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
31121 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
31122 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
31123 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
31127 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
31128 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
31129 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
31130 depending on the underlying version-control system.
31134 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
31136 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
31137 Update the current fileset or branch.
31138 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
31139 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
31140 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
31141 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
31143 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
31144 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
31145 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
31146 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
31147 tip revision are merged into the working file.
31149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31151 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
31153 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
31154 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
31155 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
31156 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
31157 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
31158 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
31159 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
31161 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
31163 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
31164 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
31165 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
31166 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
31167 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
31168 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
31169 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
31170 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
31171 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
31173 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
31175 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
31176 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
31180 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
31181 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
31183 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
31185 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
31186 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
31187 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
31190 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
31192 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
31193 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
31194 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
31196 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
31197 log entries should be gathered.
31199 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
31201 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
31202 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
31204 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
31208 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
31209 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
31210 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
31212 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
31213 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
31215 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
31216 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
31217 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
31218 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
31219 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
31220 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
31222 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
31223 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
31224 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
31225 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
31226 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
31227 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
31228 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
31229 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
31231 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
31233 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
31235 Customization variables:
31237 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
31238 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
31239 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
31240 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
31242 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
31246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (20400 62402))
31247 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
31248 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
31249 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
31252 (vc-arch-registered file))))
31256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (20400 62402))
31257 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
31259 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
31260 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
31262 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
31263 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
31264 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
31265 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
31268 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
31272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (20400 62402))
31273 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
31274 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
31275 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
31276 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
31277 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
31279 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
31283 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (20400 62402))
31284 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
31286 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
31287 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
31288 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
31289 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
31290 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
31292 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
31293 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
31294 The file lines appear later.
31296 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
31297 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
31299 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
31301 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
31303 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
31307 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
31308 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
31309 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
31311 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
31312 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
31313 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
31314 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
31315 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
31316 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
31317 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
31318 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
31319 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
31320 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
31321 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
31322 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
31323 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
31324 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
31325 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
31327 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
31331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (20400 62402))
31332 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
31333 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
31334 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
31335 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
31338 (vc-git-registered file))))
31342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (20400 62402))
31343 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
31344 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
31345 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
31346 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
31349 (vc-hg-registered file))))
31353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (20400 62402))
31354 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
31356 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
31357 Name of the monotone directory.")
31359 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
31360 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
31361 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
31362 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
31365 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
31369 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
31370 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
31371 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
31373 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
31374 Where to look for RCS master files.
31375 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
31377 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
31379 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
31383 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
31384 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
31385 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
31387 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
31388 Where to look for SCCS master files.
31389 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
31391 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
31392 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
31394 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
31395 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
31396 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
31397 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
31401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (20352 65510))
31402 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
31403 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
31404 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
31405 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
31408 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
31410 (vc-svn-registered f))))
31414 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
31415 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
31416 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
31417 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
31419 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
31420 Major mode for editing Vera code.
31425 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
31426 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
31427 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
31428 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
31430 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
31431 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
31432 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
31435 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
31436 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
31438 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
31439 uncomments a region if already commented out.
31441 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
31442 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
31443 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
31445 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
31451 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
31452 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31454 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
31456 Official distribution is at
31457 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
31460 The Vera Mode Maintainer
31461 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
31472 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
31473 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
31474 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
31476 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
31477 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
31478 \\<verilog-mode-map>
31479 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
31480 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
31482 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
31484 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
31485 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
31487 Supports highlighting.
31489 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
31490 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
31492 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
31494 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
31495 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
31496 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
31497 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
31498 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
31499 on the left side of your screen.
31500 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
31501 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
31502 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
31503 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
31504 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
31505 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
31507 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
31508 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
31509 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
31510 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
31513 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
31514 Indentation for case statements.
31515 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
31516 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
31518 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
31519 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
31520 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
31521 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
31522 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
31523 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
31524 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
31525 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
31526 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
31528 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
31532 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
31533 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
31534 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
31535 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
31536 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
31537 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
31538 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
31539 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
31540 comments in tight quarters.
31541 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
31542 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
31544 Variables controlling other actions:
31546 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
31547 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
31548 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
31550 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
31552 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
31554 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
31555 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
31556 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
31558 Some other functions are:
31560 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
31561 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
31562 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
31563 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
31564 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
31566 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
31567 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
31568 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
31569 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
31571 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
31572 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
31573 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
31574 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
31575 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
31576 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
31577 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
31578 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
31579 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
31580 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
31581 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-class] Insert an UVM Class block.
31582 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
31583 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
31584 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
31585 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
31586 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
31587 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
31588 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
31589 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
31590 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
31591 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
31592 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
31593 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
31594 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
31595 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
31596 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
31597 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
31598 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
31599 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
31600 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
31602 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
31603 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
31605 \\{verilog-mode-map}
31611 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
31612 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
31613 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
31615 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
31616 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
31621 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
31622 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
31623 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
31624 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
31625 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
31626 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
31627 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
31628 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
31629 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
31631 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
31632 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
31633 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
31634 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
31636 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
31637 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
31638 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
31639 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
31640 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
31642 Template styles can be customized in customization group
31643 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
31647 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
31648 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
31649 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
31653 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
31654 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
31655 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
31656 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
31658 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
31659 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
31660 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
31661 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
31662 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
31666 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
31667 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
31668 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
31669 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
31671 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
31672 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
31673 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
31674 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
31675 beginning with \"std\").
31677 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
31678 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
31679 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
31684 `--' puts a single comment.
31685 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
31686 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
31687 with a comment in between.
31688 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
31689 out following lines.
31690 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
31691 uncomments a region if already commented out.
31693 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
31694 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
31695 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
31696 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
31697 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
31700 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
31701 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
31702 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
31703 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
31704 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
31705 multi-line comments.
31709 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
31710 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
31711 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
31712 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
31714 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
31715 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
31716 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
31717 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
31719 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
31720 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
31723 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
31724 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
31728 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
31729 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
31730 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
31731 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
31732 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
31733 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
31734 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
31735 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
31737 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
31738 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
31739 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
31740 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
31741 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
31744 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
31745 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
31746 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
31748 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
31749 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
31753 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
31754 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
31755 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
31756 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
31757 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
31758 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
31761 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
31762 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
31763 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
31764 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
31767 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
31771 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
31772 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
31773 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
31774 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
31775 internal signal initializations (menu).
31777 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
31778 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
31779 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
31781 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
31782 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
31783 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
31784 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
31785 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
31786 in subsequent paste operations.)
31788 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
31789 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
31790 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
31793 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
31794 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
31795 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
31796 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
31797 association list with formals).
31800 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
31801 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
31802 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
31803 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
31804 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
31805 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
31806 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
31807 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
31812 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
31816 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
31820 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
31821 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
31822 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
31824 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
31825 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
31828 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
31829 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
31830 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
31831 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
31833 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
31834 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
31835 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
31837 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
31838 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
31839 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
31840 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
31842 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
31843 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
31844 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
31845 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
31846 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
31848 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
31849 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
31850 required by secondary units.
31853 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
31854 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
31855 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
31856 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
31857 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
31858 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
31859 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
31860 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
31861 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
31862 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
31863 inputs to this component -> input port created
31864 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
31865 outputs from this component -> output port created
31866 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
31867 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
31869 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
31870 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
31871 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
31872 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
31873 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
31875 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
31876 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
31878 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
31879 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
31880 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
31881 component instantiation is also supported (option
31882 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
31884 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
31885 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
31886 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
31887 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
31888 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
31889 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
31890 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
31891 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
31892 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
31893 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
31894 | generating the configuration.
31896 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
31897 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
31898 | configurations in speedbar.
31900 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
31903 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
31904 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
31905 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
31906 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
31907 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
31908 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
31909 information. New compilers can be added.
31911 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
31912 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
31915 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
31916 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
31917 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
31918 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
31919 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31921 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
31924 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
31925 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
31926 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
31928 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
31929 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
31930 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
31931 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
31932 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
31933 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
31934 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
31937 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
31938 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
31939 not (yet) supported.
31940 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
31941 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
31942 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
31946 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
31947 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
31948 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
31949 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
31950 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
31951 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
31952 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
31953 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31955 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
31956 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
31957 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
31958 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
31959 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
31960 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
31961 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
31962 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
31963 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
31964 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
31965 `vhdl-project-alist'.
31969 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
31970 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
31971 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
31972 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
31973 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
31974 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
31975 current directory for VHDL source files.
31979 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
31980 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
31984 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
31985 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
31986 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
31987 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
31988 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
31989 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
31990 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
31991 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
31994 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
31995 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
31996 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
31997 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
31998 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
31999 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
32000 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
32002 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
32003 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
32004 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
32005 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
32006 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
32007 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
32009 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
32010 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
32011 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
32012 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
32013 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
32016 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
32017 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
32018 highlighted if written in lower case.
32020 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
32021 highlighted using a different background color if option
32022 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
32024 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
32025 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
32026 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
32027 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
32028 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
32032 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
32033 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
32034 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
32038 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
32039 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
32040 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
32041 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
32042 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
32046 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
32047 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
32049 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
32050 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
32051 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
32052 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
32053 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
32054 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
32055 (used to obtain the port names).
32059 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
32060 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
32064 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
32065 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
32066 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
32067 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
32068 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
32069 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
32070 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
32075 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
32076 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
32077 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
32078 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
32079 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
32081 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
32082 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
32083 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
32084 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
32085 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
32088 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
32089 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
32093 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
32094 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
32095 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
32097 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
32101 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
32102 a VHDL file first, use the command:
32104 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
32106 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
32108 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
32112 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
32118 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
32119 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
32121 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
32123 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
32124 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
32125 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
32126 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
32128 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
32129 URL `http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html'
32130 where the latest version can be found.
32136 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
32137 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
32138 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
32141 The VHDL Mode Authors
32142 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
32153 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20352 65510))
32154 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
32156 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
32157 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
32158 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
32159 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
32161 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
32162 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
32163 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
32164 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
32165 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
32167 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
32168 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
32170 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
32172 * Limitations and unsupported features
32173 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
32175 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
32176 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
32179 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
32180 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
32181 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
32182 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
32183 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
32184 for undoing a repeated change command.
32185 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
32186 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
32187 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
32190 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
32191 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
32192 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
32193 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
32194 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
32195 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
32196 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
32197 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
32199 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
32205 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
32206 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
32207 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
32208 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (20352 65510))
32209 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
32211 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
32212 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
32214 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
32216 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
32217 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
32218 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
32219 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
32221 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
32223 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
32224 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
32228 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
32229 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
32230 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
32231 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
32233 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
32235 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
32236 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
32240 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
32243 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
32245 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
32248 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
32252 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
32253 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
32254 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
32255 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
32256 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (20352 65510))
32257 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
32259 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
32260 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
32261 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
32263 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
32265 (defvar view-mode nil "\
32266 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
32267 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
32268 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
32270 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
32272 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
32273 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
32275 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
32277 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
32278 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
32279 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
32280 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
32281 moving around in the buffer.
32282 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32283 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32285 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32289 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
32290 View FILE in View mode in another window.
32291 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
32292 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
32294 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
32295 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
32296 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32297 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32298 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32300 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32304 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
32305 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
32306 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
32307 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
32310 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
32311 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
32312 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32313 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32314 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32316 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32320 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
32321 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
32322 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
32323 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
32324 moving around in the buffer.
32325 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32326 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32328 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32330 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32331 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32332 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32334 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
32335 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
32336 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
32337 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
32339 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
32340 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
32341 own View-like bindings.
32343 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32345 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
32346 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
32347 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
32348 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
32349 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32350 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32351 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32353 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32355 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
32357 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32358 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32359 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32361 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
32362 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
32363 own View-like bindings.
32365 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32367 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
32368 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
32369 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
32370 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
32371 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32372 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32373 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32375 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32377 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
32379 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32380 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32381 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32383 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
32384 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
32385 own View-like bindings.
32387 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32389 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
32390 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
32391 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
32392 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
32393 if ARG is omitted or nil.
32395 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
32396 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
32397 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
32398 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
32402 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
32403 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
32404 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
32405 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
32406 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
32407 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
32408 to a repeat count of one.
32410 H, h, ? This message.
32411 Digits provide prefix arguments.
32412 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
32413 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
32414 > move to the end of buffer.
32415 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
32416 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
32417 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
32418 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
32419 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
32420 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
32421 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
32422 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
32423 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
32424 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
32425 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
32426 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
32427 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
32428 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
32429 Use this to view a changing file.
32430 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
32431 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
32432 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
32434 x exchanges point and mark.
32435 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
32436 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
32437 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
32438 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
32439 ' go to position saved in character register.
32440 s do forward incremental search.
32441 r do reverse incremental search.
32442 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
32443 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
32444 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
32445 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
32446 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
32447 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
32448 p searches backward for last regular expression.
32449 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
32450 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
32451 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
32452 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
32453 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
32454 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
32455 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
32456 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
32457 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
32458 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
32460 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
32461 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
32462 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
32463 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
32464 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
32465 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
32466 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
32467 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
32468 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
32470 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32472 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32474 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
32475 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
32476 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
32477 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
32478 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
32479 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
32480 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
32481 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
32482 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
32484 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
32486 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
32487 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
32488 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
32489 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
32490 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
32491 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
32493 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
32494 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
32495 called by `view-mode-exit'.
32497 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32499 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32501 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
32503 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
32504 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
32510 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (20352
32512 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
32514 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
32515 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
32519 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
32520 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
32526 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
32527 ;;;;;; (20400 62402))
32528 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
32530 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
32531 Toggle Viper on/off.
32532 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
32536 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
32537 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
32543 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
32544 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
32545 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
32547 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
32548 Function to generate warning prefixes.
32549 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
32550 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
32551 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
32552 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
32553 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
32554 the beginning of the warning.")
32556 (defvar warning-series nil "\
32557 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
32558 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
32559 which is the start of the current series; it means that
32560 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
32561 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
32562 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
32563 also call that function before the next warning.")
32565 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
32566 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
32568 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
32569 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
32570 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
32571 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
32573 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
32574 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
32575 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
32576 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
32577 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
32578 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
32580 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
32581 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
32582 Default is :warning.
32584 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
32585 if you do not attend to it promptly.
32586 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
32587 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
32588 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
32589 :debug -- info for debugging only.
32591 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
32592 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
32593 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
32595 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
32597 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
32598 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
32600 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
32602 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
32603 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
32604 Aside from generating the message with `format',
32605 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
32607 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
32608 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
32609 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
32610 can be whatever you like.)
32612 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
32613 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
32615 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
32616 if you do not attend to it promptly.
32617 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
32618 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
32619 :debug -- info for debugging only.
32621 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32623 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
32624 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
32625 Aside from generating the message with `format',
32626 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
32627 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
32629 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32633 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
32634 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
32635 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
32637 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
32638 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
32639 \\<wdired-mode-map>
32640 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
32641 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
32650 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (20400 62402))
32651 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
32653 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
32654 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
32656 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
32659 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
32666 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode which-func-mode) "which-func"
32667 ;;;;;; "progmodes/which-func.el" (20400 62402))
32668 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
32669 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
32670 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
32672 (autoload 'which-func-mode "which-func" "\
32675 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
32677 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
32678 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
32679 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32680 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32681 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32682 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
32684 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
32686 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
32687 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
32688 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
32689 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32690 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32692 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
32693 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
32694 in certain major modes.
32696 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32700 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
32701 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
32702 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
32703 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (20352 65510))
32704 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
32706 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
32707 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
32708 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
32709 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32710 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32712 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
32713 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32715 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32717 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
32718 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
32719 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
32720 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
32721 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32723 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
32724 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
32725 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
32726 use `whitespace-mode'.
32728 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32732 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
32733 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
32734 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32735 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32736 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32737 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
32739 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
32741 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
32742 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
32743 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
32744 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
32745 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
32747 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
32748 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32752 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
32753 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
32754 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32755 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32756 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32757 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
32759 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
32761 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
32762 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
32763 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
32764 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
32765 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
32767 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
32768 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
32769 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
32770 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
32772 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32776 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
32777 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
32779 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
32780 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
32782 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
32783 and restart local whitespace-mode.
32785 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
32789 f toggle face visualization
32790 t toggle TAB visualization
32791 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32792 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
32793 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32794 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32795 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
32796 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32797 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32798 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32799 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
32800 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32801 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32802 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32803 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32804 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32805 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32807 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
32808 T toggle TAB visualization
32809 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32810 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
32812 x restore `whitespace-style' value
32813 ? display brief help
32815 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32816 The valid symbols are:
32818 face toggle face visualization
32819 tabs toggle TAB visualization
32820 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32821 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
32822 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32823 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32824 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
32825 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32826 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32827 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32828 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
32829 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
32830 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32831 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32832 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32833 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32834 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32836 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
32837 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32838 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
32840 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
32842 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
32846 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
32847 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
32849 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
32850 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
32852 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
32853 and restart global whitespace-mode.
32855 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
32859 f toggle face visualization
32860 t toggle TAB visualization
32861 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32862 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
32863 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32864 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32865 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
32866 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32867 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32868 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32869 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
32870 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32871 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32872 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32873 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32874 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32875 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32877 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
32878 T toggle TAB visualization
32879 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32880 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
32882 x restore `whitespace-style' value
32883 ? display brief help
32885 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32886 The valid symbols are:
32888 face toggle face visualization
32889 tabs toggle TAB visualization
32890 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32891 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
32892 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32893 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32894 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
32895 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32896 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32897 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32898 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
32899 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
32900 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32901 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32902 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32903 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32904 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32906 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
32907 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32908 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
32910 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
32912 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
32916 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
32917 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
32919 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
32920 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
32921 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
32922 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
32923 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
32925 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
32927 The problems cleaned up are:
32929 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32930 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32931 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
32932 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
32934 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32935 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32936 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
32937 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32939 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32940 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32941 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32942 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32944 4. SPACEs before TAB.
32945 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32946 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32947 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32948 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32949 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32950 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32951 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32953 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32954 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32955 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32957 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32958 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32959 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32960 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32961 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32962 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32963 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32964 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32966 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32971 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
32972 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
32974 The problems cleaned up are:
32976 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32977 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32978 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
32979 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32981 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32982 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32983 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32984 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32986 2. SPACEs before TAB.
32987 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32988 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32989 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32990 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32991 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32992 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32993 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32995 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32996 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32997 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32999 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
33000 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
33001 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
33002 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
33003 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
33004 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
33005 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
33006 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
33008 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
33011 \(fn START END)" t nil)
33013 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
33014 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
33016 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
33019 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
33020 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
33021 `whitespace-style' to have:
33029 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
33030 whitespace problems in buffer.
33032 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
33034 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
33035 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
33036 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
33037 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33038 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
33039 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
33040 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
33042 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
33043 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
33044 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
33045 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33046 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
33047 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
33048 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
33050 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
33051 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
33052 cleaning up these problems.
33054 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
33056 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
33057 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
33059 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
33062 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
33063 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
33064 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
33072 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
33073 whitespace problems in buffer.
33075 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
33077 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
33078 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
33079 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
33080 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33081 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
33082 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
33083 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
33085 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
33086 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
33087 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
33088 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33089 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
33090 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
33091 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
33093 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
33094 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
33095 cleaning up these problems.
33097 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
33101 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
33102 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (20352 65510))
33103 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
33105 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
33106 Browse the widget under point.
33110 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
33111 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
33113 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
33115 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
33116 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
33118 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
33120 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
33121 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
33122 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
33123 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
33124 if ARG is omitted or nil.
33126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33130 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
33131 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (20400
33133 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
33135 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
33136 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
33138 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
33140 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
33141 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
33142 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
33144 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
33146 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
33147 Create widget of TYPE.
33148 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
33150 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
33152 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
33155 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
33157 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
33158 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
33160 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
33162 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
33163 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
33164 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
33165 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
33167 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
33168 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
33174 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
33175 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (20352
33177 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
33179 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
33180 Select the window to the left of the current one.
33181 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
33182 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
33183 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
33184 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
33185 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
33187 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33189 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
33190 Select the window above the current one.
33191 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
33192 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
33193 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
33194 negative ARG) of the current window.
33195 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
33197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33199 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
33200 Select the window to the right of the current one.
33201 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
33202 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
33203 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
33204 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
33205 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
33207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33209 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
33210 Select the window below the current one.
33211 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
33212 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
33213 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
33214 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
33215 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
33217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33219 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
33220 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
33221 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
33222 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
33224 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
33228 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
33229 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
33230 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
33232 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
33233 Toggle Winner mode.
33234 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33235 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
33237 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
33239 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
33240 Toggle Winner mode.
33241 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
33243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33247 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
33248 ;;;;;; woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (20400 62402))
33249 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
33251 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
33252 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
33253 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
33254 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
33255 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
33257 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
33259 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
33260 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
33261 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
33262 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
33263 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
33264 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
33265 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
33266 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
33268 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
33269 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
33271 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
33273 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
33274 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
33278 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
33279 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
33280 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
33281 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
33282 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
33283 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
33284 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
33285 `woman' command for further details.
33287 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
33289 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
33290 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
33292 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
33296 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
33297 ;;;;;; (20352 65510))
33298 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
33300 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
33301 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
33304 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
33305 are not implemented
33306 - Options for search and replace
33307 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
33308 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
33310 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
33313 The key bindings are:
33323 C-i indent-for-tab-command
33325 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
33326 C-l ws-repeat-search
33329 C-r scroll-down-line
33336 C-y kill-complete-line
33339 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
33340 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
33341 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
33342 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
33343 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
33344 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
33345 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
33346 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
33347 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
33348 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
33349 C-k b ws-begin-block
33350 C-k c ws-copy-block
33351 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
33353 C-k h ws-show-markers
33354 C-k i ws-indent-block
33356 C-k p ws-print-block
33359 C-k s save-some-buffers
33361 C-k u ws-exdent-block
33362 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
33363 C-k v ws-move-block
33364 C-k w ws-write-block
33366 C-k y ws-delete-block
33368 C-o c wordstar-center-line
33369 C-o b switch-to-buffer
33370 C-o j justify-current-line
33373 C-o m auto-fill-mode
33374 C-o r set-fill-column
33375 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
33376 C-o wd delete-other-windows
33377 C-o wh split-window-right
33378 C-o wo other-window
33379 C-o wv split-window-below
33381 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
33382 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
33383 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
33384 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
33385 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
33386 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
33387 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
33388 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
33389 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
33390 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
33391 C-q a ws-query-replace
33392 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
33393 C-q c end-of-buffer
33396 C-q k ws-to-block-end
33398 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
33399 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
33400 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
33401 C-q w ws-last-error
33403 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
33409 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (20400 62402))
33410 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
33412 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
33413 Perform an interactive search.
33414 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
33415 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
33416 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
33417 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
33419 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
33422 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
33424 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
33428 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
33429 ;;;;;; (20370 33496))
33430 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
33432 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
33433 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
33434 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
33435 Returns the top node with all its children.
33436 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
33437 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
33439 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
33441 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
33442 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
33443 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
33444 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
33445 is not well-formed XML.
33446 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
33447 and returned as the first element of the list.
33448 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
33450 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
33454 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
33455 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (20352 65510))
33456 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
33458 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
33459 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
33460 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
33461 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
33462 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
33463 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
33464 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
33465 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
33466 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
33467 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
33469 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
33473 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (20352
33475 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
33477 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
33478 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
33479 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
33480 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33481 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33482 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
33484 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
33486 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
33487 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
33488 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
33489 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
33490 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
33492 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
33493 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
33494 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
33495 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
33496 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
33497 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
33499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33503 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
33504 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (20352 65510))
33505 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
33507 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
33508 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
33510 \(fn START END)" t nil)
33512 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
33513 Extract file name from an yenc header.
33519 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
33520 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (20400 62402))
33521 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
33523 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
33524 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
33526 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
33528 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
33529 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
33531 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
33533 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
33534 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
33535 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
33537 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
33539 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
33540 Zippy goes to the analyst.
33546 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (20400 62402))
33547 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
33549 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
33550 Zone out, completely.
33556 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
33557 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
33558 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
33559 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
33560 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
33561 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
33562 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
33563 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
33564 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
33565 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
33566 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
33567 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
33568 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
33569 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
33570 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
33571 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
33572 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
33573 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
33574 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
33575 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
33576 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
33577 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
33578 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
33579 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el"
33580 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
33581 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
33582 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
33583 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
33584 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
33585 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
33586 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
33587 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
33588 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/inversion.el"
33589 ;;;;;; "cedet/mode-local.el" "cedet/pulse.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
33590 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
33591 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
33592 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el"
33593 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
33594 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
33595 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el"
33596 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
33597 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
33598 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
33599 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
33600 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
33601 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
33602 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
33603 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
33604 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
33605 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
33606 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
33607 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
33608 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
33609 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
33610 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
33611 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
33612 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
33613 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
33614 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
33615 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
33616 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
33617 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
33618 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
33619 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
33620 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
33621 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
33622 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
33623 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
33624 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
33625 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
33626 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
33627 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
33628 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
33629 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
33630 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
33631 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
33632 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
33633 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
33634 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el"
33635 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
33636 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
33637 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
33638 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
33639 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
33640 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
33641 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
33642 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
33643 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
33644 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
33645 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
33646 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
33647 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
33648 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
33649 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
33650 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
33651 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
33652 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
33653 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
33654 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "foldout.el"
33655 ;;;;;; "format-spec.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "fringe.el"
33656 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
33657 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
33658 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
33659 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
33660 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
33661 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
33662 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el"
33663 ;;;;;; "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
33664 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
33665 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
33666 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
33667 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
33668 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
33669 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
33670 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
33671 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
33672 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
33673 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
33674 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/shr-color.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
33675 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
33676 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
33677 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
33678 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
33679 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
33680 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
33681 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
33682 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
33683 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
33684 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
33685 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
33686 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
33687 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el"
33688 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
33689 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
33690 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
33691 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
33692 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
33693 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
33694 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
33695 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
33696 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
33697 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
33698 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
33699 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
33700 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
33701 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
33702 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
33703 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/soap-client.el"
33704 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
33705 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
33706 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
33707 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
33708 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
33709 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
33710 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
33711 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
33712 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
33713 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
33714 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
33715 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
33716 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
33717 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-latex.el"
33718 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el"
33719 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
33720 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
33721 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
33722 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scheme.el"
33723 ;;;;;; "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el"
33724 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/org-beamer.el"
33725 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el"
33726 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-docview.el"
33727 ;;;;;; "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-exp-blocks.el"
33728 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el"
33729 ;;;;;; "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
33730 ;;;;;; "org/org-list.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
33731 ;;;;;; "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
33732 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
33733 ;;;;;; "org/org-special-blocks.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-vm.el"
33734 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el" "patcomp.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
33735 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
33736 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
33737 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
33738 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
33739 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
33740 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
33741 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
33742 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
33743 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
33744 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
33745 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
33746 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
33747 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
33748 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
33749 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
33750 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
33751 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el"
33752 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
33753 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
33754 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
33755 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
33756 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el"
33757 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (20436 19807 651595))
33761 (provide 'loaddefs)
33762 ;; Local Variables:
33763 ;; version-control: never
33764 ;; no-byte-compile: t
33765 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
33768 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here